Alcatel BTS Hardware Description
Alcatel BTS Hardware Description
Alcatel BTS Hardware Description
2 / 910
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.1 Modularity and Common Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1.2 Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.2.1 Cabinet Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.2.2 Cabinet Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 1.3 Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1.3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1.3.2 Subrack Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1.4 Cabinet-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 1.4.1 Overview of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 1.4.2 Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 1.5 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Configurations - Rack Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 2.1 Naming Conventions for the BTS Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.2 Indoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.2.1 Indoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.2.2 Indoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 2.2.3 Indoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 2.2.4 Indoor Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 2.2.5 Indoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 2.2.6 Indoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 2.2.7 AC Indoor Configurations GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 2.3 A9100 BTS Indoor (G3) Extension with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2.3.1 G3 MINI - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 2.3.2 G3 MINI - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 2.3.3 G3 MINI - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 2.3.4 G3 MEDI - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 2.3.5 G3 MEDI - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 2.3.6 G3 MEDI - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 2.4 A9100 BTS Indoor (G4) Extension with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 2.4.1 G4 MINI - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 2.4.2 G4 MINI - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 2.4.3 G4 MINI - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 2.4.4 G4 MEDI - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 2.4.5 G4 MEDI - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 2.4.6 G4 MEDI - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 2.5 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Configurations with Single TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 2.5.1 MBI Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 850/900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 2.5.2 MBI Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 2.5.3 MBI Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 2.5.4 MBI Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 2.5.5 MBI Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 and GSM 900/1900 . . . 120 2.5.6 MBI Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 2.6 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Configurations with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 2.6.1 Capacity Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 2.6.2 Capacity Mode Low Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 2.6.3 Multiband & MB Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 2.6.4 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 2.6.5 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. Low Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 2.6.6 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 4Rx Div. Low Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 2.6.7 Extended Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 2.6.8 Extended Cell TxDiv, 4RX Div for outer cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3 / 910
Contents
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 2.7.1 MBI3 - 1 sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 2.7.2 MBI3 - 2 sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 2.7.3 MBI3 - 3 sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 2.7.4 MBI5 - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 2.7.5 MBI5 - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 2.7.6 MBI5 - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Only in MBI5 Cabinet Variant AB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 2.8.1 MBI5 AB variant - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . 186 2.8.2 MBI5 AB variant - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . 187 2.8.3 MBI5 AB variant - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . 188 Outdoor Configurations with Single TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 2.9.1 Outdoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 2.9.2 Outdoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 2.9.3 Outdoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 2.9.4 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 2.9.5 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Outdoor Configurations with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.10.1 Capacity Mode Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 2.10.2 Capacity Mode Low Loss Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.10.3 Multiband Configurations - CBO - Multiband 1 + 1 Sector with Twin-TRX . . . . 239 2.10.4 Coverage Mode TX Diversity Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.5 Coverage Mode with TX Diversity Low Loss Configurations - CBO - 1 Sector TX Diversity Low Loss with Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.10.6 Coverage Mode TX-Diversity 4 RX Configurations - CBO - 1 Sector TX Diversity 4RX with Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Outdoor Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 2.11.1 CBO 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 2.11.2 CBO 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 2.11.3 CBO DC 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 2.11.4 CBO DC 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 2.12.1 MBO Standard Configurations - GSM 850/900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 2.12.2 MBO Low Losses Configurations - GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 2.12.3 MBO High Power Configurations - GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 2.12.4 MBO Multiband BTS Configurations - GSM 900/1800 and GSM 900/1900 . . 261 2.12.5 MBO Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 2.12.6 MBO Multiband BTS, Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM 850/1800/1900 273 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX . 275 2.13.1 MBO1 - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 2.13.2 MBO1 - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 2.13.3 MBO1 - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 2.13.4 MBO2 - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 2.13.5 MBO2 - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 2.13.6 MBO2 - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Configurations with Single TRX . . . . . . . . . 281 2.14.1 A9100 MBO1E 1 Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 2.14.2 A9100 MBO1E 2 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 2.14.3 A9100 MBO2E 3 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 2.14.4 A9100 MBO2E 2 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 2.14.5 A9100 MBO2E 3 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 2.14.6 A9100 MBO2 4 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 2.14.7 A9100 MBO2 6 Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
4 / 910
Contents
2.15.1 MBO1E - 1 Sector mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.2 MBO1E - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.3 MBO1E - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.4 MBO2E - 2 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15.5 MBO2E - 3 Sectors mixed configuration Single/Twin-TRX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Configurations with Twin TRX . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.2 Transceiver Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.3 Cabling Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.4 Capacity Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.5 Capacity Mode Low Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.6 Multiband & Multiband Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.7 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.8 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. Low Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.9 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 4Rx Div. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.10 Extended Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16.11 Extended Cell TxDiv, 4RX Div for outer cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 CIMI/CIDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.1 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.2 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.3 CIMI/CIDI Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.4 CIMI/CIDI DC Supplies Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.5 CIMI/CIDI Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.6 CIMI/CIDI Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.7 CIMI/CIDI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 CIMA/CIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 DC Power Supply Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.2 AC Power Supply Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.3 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.4 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.5 CIMA/CIDE Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.6 CIMA/CIDE External Power Supply Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.7 CIMA/CIDE Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.8 CIMA/CIDE Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.9 CIMA/CIDE Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Multistandard Base Station Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1 DC Power Supply Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.2 AC Power Supply Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3 MBI Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.4 MBI3/MBI5 Cabinet Interconnection Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.5 MBI Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.6 MBI External Power Supply Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.7 MBI Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.8 MBI Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.9 MBI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 Outdoor Cabinets General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.1 COME/COMI/COEP with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.2 CODE/CODI/COEP with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.3 CPT2 with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.4 MBO1 with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.5 MBO1DC with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.6 MBO1E with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.7 MBO1EDC with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.8 MBO1T with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
285 286 287 288 289 290 290 291 292 298 307 312 317 321 326 331 333 335 336 337 340 341 346 347 349 353 354 355 355 356 359 360 361 363 368 373 374 375 375 376 380 382 386 387 393 397 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408
5 / 910
Contents
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7 4.8
4.9
4.1.9 MBO2 with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.10 MBO2E with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.11 MBO2DC with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.12 MBO2EDC with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.13 COBO with Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.14 Side Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.15 BTS Compartment 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.16 BTS Compartment 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.17 MBO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.18 MBO1DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.19 MBO1T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.20 MBO1E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.21 MBO1EDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.22 MBOE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.23 MBOEDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.24 MBOEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.25 MBOEEDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.26 CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1 COME/COMI/CODI/CODE Cabinet Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2 CPT2 Cabinet Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.3 MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO1E Cabinet Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.4 MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E Cabinet Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.5 CBO Cabinet Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.6 Outdoor Cabinet Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Interconnection Panel COMI/COME/CODI/CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1 Interconnection Panel - COME/COMI COAR Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2 Interconnection Panel - CODE/CODI COAR Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.3 Interconnection Panel - BTS A9100 Outdoor Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1 XIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.2 External Clock Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.3 Abis Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.4 Miscellaneous Connections Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Control Board CPT2/MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2DC/ MBO2E/CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.1 Connection Area (COAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.2 BTSRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.3 XIOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.4 RIBAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.1 COME/COMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.2 CODE/CODI/CPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.3 MBO1/MBO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.4 MBO1DC/MBO2DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.5 MBO1T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.6 MBO1E/MBO2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.7 MBO1EDC/MBO2EDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.8 CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6.9 Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.1 Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8.2 External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outdoor Cabinet Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.1 Outdoor Cabinet DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9.2 Outdoor Cabinet Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
409 410 411 412 413 413 415 416 417 418 418 419 420 421 422 422 422 423 425 425 426 427 428 430 430 434 435 436 437 438 438 441 441 441 442 444 446 447 449 450 450 453 455 456 457 458 459 460 462 463 464 464 481 482 482 489
6 / 910
Contents
External Battery Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 External Indoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.1 Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.2 External Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.3 Battery Cabinet External Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1 Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.2 External Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.3 Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.4 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Telecommunications Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 STASR General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 STASR Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 STASR Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.1 Power Supplies and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.2 Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.3 Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Power Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 SRACDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.1 SRACDC Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.2 SRACDC Subrack Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.3 SRACDC Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 ACSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.1 ACSR Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.2 ACSR Subrack Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.3 ACSR Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 ASIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.1 ASIB Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.2 ASIB Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.3 ASIB Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Station Unit Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 Introduction to Station Unit Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Transmission and Clock Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.1 Abis Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.2 Transmission and Clock Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.3 Station Unit Module Clock Generation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.4 Q1 Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Base Station Internal Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 Operations and Maintenance Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.1 BTS Control Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.2 OMU Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.3 Glue Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 Remote Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 Station Unit Module Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 Station Unit Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8 Station Unit Module Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 Single Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.1 Introduction to Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.2 Digital Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.3 Analog Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.4 TRE Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.5 Transceiver Equipment LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1.6 Transceiver Equipment Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 TWIN Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
495 496 498 500 500 501 502 505 506 508 513 514 514 515 515 515 516 517 518 518 519 519 521 521 522 522 525 525 526 526 529 530 533 534 535 535 536 537 538 539 539 539 540 541 542 544 547 548 548 549 561 567 569 571 573
7 / 910
Contents
10
11
9.2.1 Introduction to TWIN TRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.2 Digital Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.3 Analog Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.4 TWIN TRA Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.5 Transceiver Equipments Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.6 Transceiver Equipments LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2.7 Transceiver Equipments Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.1 AN Downlink Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.2 AN Uplink Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.3 BTS Control Bus Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.4 Antenna Network Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.5 AN Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.6 ANX LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.7 ANX Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.8 ANX Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.1 ANY Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.2 ANY Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.3 ANY Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1 ANC Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2 ANC Detailed Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.3 ANC Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.4 ANC LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.5 ANC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.6 ANC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 AGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.1 AGC Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.2 AGC Detailed Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.3 AGC Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.4 Antenna Network Geran Combiner Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.5 AGC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.6 AGC LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.7 AGC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.8 AGC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 ANB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.1 ANB Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.2 ANB Detailed Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.3 ANB Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.4 ANB LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.5 ANB Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.6 ANB Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 GSM/UMTS Co-Siting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.1 Diplexer Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.2 Diplexer Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.3 Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.4 EMC Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.1 Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.2 Fan Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.3 Top Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 HEX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.1 LED(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
573 574 577 579 581 582 583 585 586 587 588 589 590 592 594 596 597 599 600 602 604 606 606 607 608 609 610 611 615 615 616 617 618 623 625 626 629 632 632 633 634 635 635 636 639 640 641 642 642 643 644 645 647 650 651 652
8 / 910
Contents
12
11.2.2 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.3 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2.4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 HEX3/HEX4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.1 Blower Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.3 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.4 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.5 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.6 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.7 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.8 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 HEX5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.1 Blower Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.3 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.4 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.5 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.6 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.7 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4.8 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 HEX8/HEX9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.1 Blower Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.3 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.4 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.5 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.6 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.7 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5.8 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 DAC8/DAC9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.1 Blower Rotation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.2 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.3 Filter Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.4 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.5 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.6 Test Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.7 RS232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.8 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.9 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6.10 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 HEAT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8 HEAT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9 HEAT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.10 HEATDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.10.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.10.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supplies and Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 ACIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
652 653 653 654 655 655 655 655 655 656 656 657 658 659 659 659 659 659 660 660 661 662 663 663 663 663 663 664 664 665 666 667 667 667 667 667 667 668 668 669 669 670 671 672 673 674 674 675 676 676 677 678 678 679 680 681 681
9 / 910
Contents
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16
12.17
12.18
12.19
12.20
12.21
LPFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPFMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LPFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACDUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6.1 Technical Charateristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.6.2 ACDUE Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACMUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.11.1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.11.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12.1 PM08 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12.2 PM08 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12.3 PM08 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13.1 PM11 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13.2 PM11 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13.3 PM11 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13.4 PM11 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14.1 PM12 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14.2 PM12 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14.3 PM12 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14.4 PM12 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PM18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.1 Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.2 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.4 Protection and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.5 PM18 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15.6 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16.1 BCU1 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16.2 BCU1 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16.3 BCU1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17.1 BCU2 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17.2 BCU2 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17.3 BCU2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17.4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.18.1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.18.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BAC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19.1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20.1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20.2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21.3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
682 683 684 686 687 687 688 688 690 690 691 693 694 694 695 695 696 698 699 699 700 702 702 703 703 705 707 707 708 708 709 711 711 712 713 714 714 716 718 718 718 721 724 724 725 726 726 727 728 728 729 730 730 731 732 733 733
10 / 910
Contents
12.22
13
14
ADAM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22.3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23 ADAM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23.3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 BU41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24.1 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24.2 Discharging and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24.3 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24.4 BU41 Mounted in MBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25 BU100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25.1 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25.2 Discharging and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25.3 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26 BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26.1 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26.2 Discharging and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26.3 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 BU102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27.1 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27.2 Discharging and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27.3 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28 BATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.1 Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.2 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.3 Discharging and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.4 RIBATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.5 Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.6 Battery Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28.7 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29 RIBAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29.1 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29.2 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29.3 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29.4 XBCB Bus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30 DCDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30.1 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30.2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30.3 Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31 DCDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31.1 Front and Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31.2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.32 DCDUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.33 DCMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34 DCUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34.1 Front and Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34.2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 ACRI Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 ACRI LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 ACRI Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 Lightning Protector Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
734 735 736 736 737 738 739 739 740 741 741 742 743 744 745 746 746 747 748 749 749 750 750 751 751 752 752 753 753 754 754 754 754 755 755 756 757 757 758 759 760 760 761 762 763 764 765 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776
11 / 910
Contents
15
16
14.1.1 Operating Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1.2 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1.3 Lightning Power Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1.4 Quarter-Wave Stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Lightning Protector Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Lightning Protector Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Range Extension Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1 Introduction to REK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 Overall Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2.1 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2.2 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.1 Transmit Power Amplifier and Required Attenuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2 Receive Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.3 Output Duplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.4 Input Splitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.5 RF Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.6 Supervision Circuits and Alarm Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.7 Bias Circuit and Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.8 Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.1 Supervision and Alarm Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.2 LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.3 Reset Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.4 Bias Circuit and Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.5 Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 REK Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1 Masthead Amplification Box Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.2 Power Distribution Unit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 REK Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1 Cabling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.2 Masthead Amplification Box Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.3 PDU Cabling in Indoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.4 PDU Cabling in Outdoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 REK Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.1 Ground Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.2 Alarm Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.3 DC Power Supply Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.4 Jumper Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tower-Mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.1 Introduction to TMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2.1 Tower Mounted Amplifier with External Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2.2 Tower Mounted Amplifier with AGC Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 Tower-Mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3.2 Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3.3 Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.1 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.2 Switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.3 Reset Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.4 Switching On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.5 PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5 Bias T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
776 776 777 778 779 779 781 782 783 783 784 790 791 792 792 792 793 794 794 795 796 797 798 798 798 799 801 801 802 803 803 805 806 807 810 810 811 812 813 815 816 818 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 824 826 826 826 826 827 829
12 / 910
Contents
17
16.6.1 Indoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.2 Outdoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 TMA Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7.1 Indoor/Outdoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7.2 Indoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7.3 Outdoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.1 ANCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.2 ANIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.3 ANLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.4 ANOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.5 BOBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.6 BOMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.7 BOMUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.8 BOMUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.9 BOSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.10 BTSRI3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.11 BTSRI5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.12 BTSRIMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.13 BTSRIMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.14 BTSRIOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.15 BUMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.16 BUMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.17 CA12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.18 CA-2MMC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.19 CA-ABIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.20 CA-ACB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.21 CA-ACSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.22 CA-ADABM, CA-ADABP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.23 CA-ADACM, CA-ADACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.24 CA-ADCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.25 CA-ALPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.26 CA-APC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.27 CA-ASMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.28 CA-BABRM, CA-BABRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.29 CA-BRCM, CA-BRCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.30 CA-BTSCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.31 CA-CSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.32 CA-DFUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.33 CA-GCMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.34 CA-Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.35 CA-Ground1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.36 CA-Ground2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.37 CA-H2PC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.38 CA-H2PC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.39 CA-H2PC3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.40 CA-HOAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.41 CA-MLBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.42 CA-MXBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.43 CA-OHAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.44 CA-ONCCx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.45 CA-OSCP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.46 CA-OSCP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.47 CA-OSCP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.48 CA-OSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.49 CA-PCAN, CA-PCAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
829 830 832 832 833 834 835 836 836 836 837 837 838 843 845 847 849 853 853 854 854 855 856 857 858 858 859 859 860 860 861 861 862 863 864 864 864 865 865 866 867 867 867 868 868 869 870 870 871 871 872 873 876 877 877 878 878
13 / 910
Contents
18
17.1.50 CA-PCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.51 CA-PDCM, CA-PDCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.52 CA-RFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.53 CA-RIBCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.54 CA-RICPT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.55 CA-RICPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.56 CA-RIMO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.57 CA-RIMO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.58 CA-SENSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.59 CA-XBCBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.60 CA-XIOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.61 CA-XIOPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.62 CIMA Bus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.63 CIMI Bus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.64 RXRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1.65 TXRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2 External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.1 CA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.2 CA02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.3 CA03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.4 CA04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.5 CA-CBTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.6 CA-GC35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.7 CA-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.8 CA-PC2W16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.9 CA-PC35BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.10 CA-PC35BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.11 CA-PCEBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.12 CA-PCEBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.13 CA-RIBEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.14 CA-RIBEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.15 OCC23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.16 OCC33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.17 SCG2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.18 SCG3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.19 SCM1/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.2.20 SCM2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1 Indoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1.1 Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1.2 Operational Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1.3 Transportation Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1.4 Storage Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2 Outdoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.1 Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.2 Operational Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.3 Transportation Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.4 Storage Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3.1 EMC Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3.2 Transient Bursts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3.3 Spurious Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4 Acoustic Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.5 Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
878 879 879 879 880 880 881 881 882 882 883 883 884 885 886 886 887 887 888 888 889 889 890 890 890 891 891 891 892 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 901 902 902 902 903 904 905 905 905 906 907 908 908 909 909 910 910
14 / 910
Preface
Preface
Purpose
The Evolium BTS A9100 Hardware Description describes the cabinets, subracks, modules and cables of the Evolium BTS A9100. All equipment, features and functions described in this document may not be available on your system.
Whats New
In Edition 13
Section Tower Mounted Amplifier with AGC Support (Section 16.2.2) was added. Description improvement in Transceiver Equipments LEDs (Section 9.2.6).
In Edition 12
The following sections were added: Performance Characteristics with AGC GSM 900P Module Functional Variant B (Section 10.4.7.2) Performance Characteristics with AGC GSM 900P Module Functional Variant C (Section 10.4.7.3). Description improvement for filter attenuation in: ANC Performance Characteristics (Section 10.3.5) General Performance Characteristics (Section 10.4.7.1). Information about AGX module was removed.
In Edition 11
Section DAC8/DAC9 (Section 11.6) was added.
In Edition 10
Description improvement in: Indoor Cabinets (Section 3) Outdoor Cabinet Interconnection Panel COMI/COME/CODI/CODE (Section 4.3) Outdoor Cabinet Signal Interfaces (Section 4.4).
15 / 910
Preface
In Edition 09
The following sections were added: A9100 BTS Indoor (G3) Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.3) A9100 BTS Indoor (G4) Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.4) Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.7) Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Only in MBI5 Cabinet Variant AB) (Section 2.8) Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.13) Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.15) Outdoor Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Section 2.11).
In Edition 08
Insertion loss in transmit pass band parameter was corrected in AGC Performance Characteristics (Section 10.4.7). Section External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Interfaces (Section 5.2.4) was added. Description improvement in: LEDs (Section 12.15.2) PM18 Front View (Section 12.15.5).
In Edition 07
Section TWIN Transceiver Equipment (Section 9.2) was added. Description improvement in: LEDs (Section 12.17.2.1) BCU2 Front Panel (Section 12.17.3).
In Edition 06
Description improvement in: LEDs (Section 12.17.2.1) BCU2 Front Panel (Section 12.17.3).
In Edition 05
Section DCDUE (Section 12.32) was added. The following sections were updated for MBOxEDC cabinet variant: Outdoor Cabinets (Section 1.2.1.2) Available Cabinets and Subracks (Section 1.4.1.1) Available Cabinet-Mounted Equipment / Modules (Section 1.4.1.2) Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment (Section 1.4.2) Outdoor Cabinets General Information (Section 4.1)
16 / 910
Preface
Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features (Section 4.2) Outdoor Cabinet Power Supply and Grounding (Section 4.6) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO2/MBO2DC Internal Cables (Section 4.8.1.4) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO2/MBO2DC (Section 4.9.1.3) Description improvement in Output Power Parameters (Section 12.15.1.3). Title formatting for Outdoor Control Board CPT2/MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2DC/ MBO2E/CBO (Section 4.5)
In Edition 04
The document was updated for A9100 MBS Evolution Outdoor. The following sections are added: HEX8/HEX9 (Section 11.5) ACDUE (Section 12.6) BOMUE (Section 17.1.7) PM18 (Section 12.15) The following sections were updated for MBOxE cabinet variant: Outdoor Cabinets (Section 1.2.1.2) Available Cabinets and Subracks (Section 1.4.1.1) Available Cabinet-Mounted Equipment / Modules (Section 1.4.1.2) Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment (Section 1.4.2) Outdoor Cabinets General Information (Section 4.1) Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features (Section 4.2) Outdoor Cabinet Power Supply and Grounding (Section 4.6) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO2/MBO2DC Internal Cables (Section 4.8.1.4) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO2/MBO2DC (Section 4.9.1.3)
In Edition 03
The following sections were added for Geran Antenna Network: AGC (Section 10.4) AGX. Section ANC (Section 10.3) was updated for ANCGP.
In Edition 02
The document was updated with remark that XBCB connector is used for inventory of powered off BTSs at factory level. Section Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) was updated for new power amplifier TEPADHE on TADHE. The following sections were added for MBO1T cabinet variant: ACMUT (Section 12.8)
17 / 910
Preface
LPFMT (Section 12.3) BOMUT (Section 17.1.8) The following sections were updated for MBO1T cabinet variant: Outdoor Cabinets (Section 1.2.1.2) Available Cabinet-Mounted Equipment / Modules (Section 1.4.1.2) Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment (Section 1.4.2) MBO1T (Section 4.1.19) Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features (Section 4.2) MBO1T (Section 4.6.5) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO2/MBO2DC Internal Cables (Section 4.8.1.4) MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO2/MBO2DC (Section 4.9.1.3) The following sections were updated for CBO cabinet with permanent DC connection: Outdoor Cabinets (Section 1.2.1.2) Available Cabinet-Mounted Equipment / Modules (Section 1.4.1.2) Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet-Mounted Equipment (Section 1.4.2) CBO (Section 4.1.26) CBO (Section 4.6.8) CBO (Section 4.9.1.5) The following sections were added: Outdoor CBO - 2x2 (Section 2.9.1.5) Outdoor CBO - 3x1 (Section 2.9.1.9) HEAT4 (Section 11.9) DCDU (Section 12.31). Section External Battery Cabinet Outdoor (Section 5.2) was updated for new EBCO Design on KNUERR TECORAS basis.
In Edition 01
Improvement of Abis interface description in Abis Interface (Section 3.1.3.4). Introduction of TRX EDGE+ with RF High Power for GSM 900/1800, Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) has been updated due to introduction of TRX EDGE+ with RF High Power for GSM 900/1800. Update for widen the AC voltage range of PM12 AC/DC converter from 230V+/-15% to 150~280V AC.
Audience
This manual is for: Commissioning personnel System support engineers Training department (for reference use) Any other personnel interested in the Evolium BTS A9100 hardware.
18 / 910
Preface
Assumed Knowledge
The reader must have a general knowledge of telecommunications systems, terminology and BTS functions.
19 / 910
Preface
20 / 910
1 Overview
1 Overview
This Overview gives information needed for project managers and foremen, for the presentation to the customer and site planning.
21 / 910
1 Overview
22 / 910
1 Overview
Configurations
Based on those building blocks all possible BTS A9100 configurations are assembled, see Configurations - Rack Layouts (Section 2). All BTS A9100 equipment operates in a temperature-controlled environment. The internal temperature of enclosures is regulated with a combination of heaters, heat exchangers and cooling fans, depending on the type of installation required. Environmental conditions, such as the availability of an indoor or outdoor site and climate, are taken into consideration when planning an installation. Grounding of BTS A9100 equipment installations is maintained throughout, via a distributed earthing system which interconnects all metallic parts with the cabinet ground. A cabinet bus bar (or a cableform equivalent) is an important part of this earthing system. The bus bar complies with European standard EN60950 V2. Equipment cabinets must be connected to a suitable external system ground at the installation site. Standard TEP units of measurement are used for BTS A9100 equipment. Metric and imperial equivalents for the TEP units are as follows: 1 HU = 44.45 mm (1.75 inches) 1 WU = 5.08 mm (0.20 inches).
Operating Temperatures
Grounding
Units of Measurement
Standards
All BTS A9100 equipment complies with the following ETSs: ETS 300 342-2 EMC for European Digital Cellular Telecommunications Systems GSM Recommendation for Base Station Equipment 11.21, prETS300.
23 / 910
1 Overview
1.2 Cabinets
1.2.1 Cabinet Overview
The type of cabinet used depends on a number of different items required for a particular installation. Cabinet types and requirements are described below for: Indoor cabinets Outdoor cabinets Configurations Indoor power requirements Outdoor power requirements Cabling.
24 / 910
1 Overview
25 / 910
1 Overview
1.2.1.5 Cabling
The cable sets supplied with the BTS A9100 fall into the following categories: Power Abis links Internal interconnection.
26 / 910
1 Overview
Cabinet CIMI/CIDI
CIMA/CIDE
1940 mm/ 38 HU
600 mm/ 84 WU
270 kg fully equipped (AC and DC) 200 kg empty (except for HEX2 and HEAT2)
1500 mm/ 24 HU 24 HU = 17 HU for equipment + 7 HU for battery 1500 mm/ 24 HU 24 HU = 17 HU for equipment + 7 HU for batteries 1500 mm/ 24 HU
1200 mm/ 2 x 84 WU
1800 mm/ 3 x 84 WU
700 mm
COEP
600 mm/ 84 WU
95 kg empty (except for HEX2 and HEAT2) 380 kg fully equipped w/ o battery 170 kg fully equipped (AC and DC) 270 kg fully equipped (AC and DC) 95 kg not equipped w/ o battery 90 kg for empty cabinet
CPT2
1500 mm/ 24 HU
1200 mm/ 2 x 84 WU
MBI3
1300 mm/ 23 HU
600 mm/ 84 WU
MBI5
1940 mm/ 38 HU
600 mm/ 84 WU
MBO1E
1610 mm/26 HU
MBO2/MBO2DC
1500 mm/ 24 HU
MBO2E
1610 mm/26 HU
CBO/CBO DC
900 mm/ 18 HU
720 mm/ 84 WU
27 / 910
1 Overview
1.3 Subracks
1.3.1 Overview
The subracks are constructed from two steel-chromate side plates and five metal extrusions which form a frame box. Attached to the frame box are the backplane module and FANU guide rails, and other components such as a ground connector. The subrack is equipped with six integral lugs which enable it to be fixed to the equipment rack with self-tapping screws. The subracks conform to ETSI standard IEC297-3 for 19 inch telecommunications equipment practice. The subrack plug-in modules are electrically connected by inserting them into the backplane connectors along plastic guide rails. The connectors have guide-pins which ensure the module and subrack connectors mate together, without risk of bending the connector pins. The plug-in modules are secured in the subrack with Camloc quarter-turn fasteners. There are four types of subrack: STASR The STASR is the basic subrack used for all indoor and outdoor applications. It can contain a mixture of telecommunications and power supply plug-in modules. When the subrack contains TREs additional components, the FANU and FACB, are attached to the subrack. For more information about the STASR, refer to Standard Telecommunications Subrack (Section 6). SRACDC The SRACDC is an AC power supply subrack for BTS A9100 outdoor configurations. For more information about the SRACDC, refer to SRACDC (Section 7.1). ACSR The ACSR is an AC power supply subrack used for BTS A9100 outdoor configurations. For more information about the ACSR, refer to ACSR (Section 7.2). ASIB The ASIB is only used for indoor applications. For more information about the ASIB, refer to ASIB (Section 7.3).
28 / 910
1 Overview
MBO1E/MBO1EDC Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor, 1 Door MBO2 Multistandard BTS Outdoor, 2 Doors
MBO2E/MBO2EDC Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor, 2 Doors MBOE Extension Outdoor Cabinet Multistandard
MBOEE/MBOEEDC Extension Outdoor Evolution Cabinet Multistandard MBO1DC MBO2DC MBOEDC Multistandard BTS DC Outdoor, 1 Door Multistandard BTS DC Outdoor, 2 Doors Extension Outdoor DC Cabinet Multistandard
29 / 910
1 Overview
Description Multistandard BTS Outdoor Tropical, 1 Door AC/DC Subrack Outdoor Standard Communications Subrack Compact BTS Outdoor Compact BTS Outdoor DC powered
Part No. 3BK 27138 3BK 07987 3BK 07193 3BK 26320 3BK 27013
For More Information... Outdoor Cabinets (Section 4) SRACDC (Section 7.1) Standard Telecommunications Subrack (Section 6) Outdoor Cabinets (Section 4) Outdoor Cabinets (Section 4)
ANCD
Antenna Network Combined GSM 1800 Module Antenna Network Combined GSM 900 Module Antenna Network Combined GSM 850 Module
3BK 08995
ANCG
3BK 08993
ANCL
3BK 25900
30 / 910
1 Overview
Mnemonic ANCP
Description Antenna Network Combined GSM 1900 Module Antenna Network X GSM 1800 Module Antenna Network X GSM 900 Module Antenna Network GSM 1900 Module Antenna Network Y GSM 1800 Module Antenna Network Y GSM 900 Module Antenna Network Y GSM 850 Module Antenna Network Y GSM 1900 Module AC Indoor Power Distribution Panel Battery Connection Box
3BK 07241 3BK 07232 3BK 08459 3BK 07245 3BK 07237 3BK 25903 3BK 08465 3BK 08675 3BK 07988 AA 3BK 07988 AB 3BK 25848 3BK 06784 3BK 08714 3BK 08035 3BK 08932 3BK 25854 3BK 27794 3BK 27795 3BK 07990 3BK 27015 3BK 27267 3BK 26618 3BK 26324 3BK 07202 3BK 07205
ANX (Section 10.1) ANX (Section 10.1) ANX (Section 10.1) ANY (Section 10.2) ANY (Section 10.2) ANY (Section 10.2) ANY (Section 10.2) APOD (Section 12.11) BACO (Section 12.18)
BAC2
BATS BCU1 BCU2 BU41 BU100 BU101 DAC8 DAC9 DCDP DCDU DCDUE DCMU DCUC FACB FANU
Small Battery Unit Battery Control Unit 1 Battery Control Unit 2 Battery Unit 40 Ah Battery Unit 100 Ah Battery Unit 100 Ah for using in MBO Direct Air Cooling 8 used in MBOEE Direct Air Cooling 9 used in MBO1E DC Distribution Panel DC Distribution Unit DC Distribution Unit Evolution DC Connection Unit Multistandard DC Distribution Unit Compact Fan Control Board Fan Unit
BATS (Section 12.28) BCU1 (Section 12.16) BCU2 (Section 12.17) BU41 (Section 12.24) BU100 (Section 12.25) BU101 (Section 12.26) DAC8/DAC9 (Section 11.6) DAC8/DAC9 (Section 11.6) DCDP (Section 12.30) DCDU (Section 12.31) DCDUE (Section 12.32) DCMU (Section 12.33) DCUC (Section 12.34) Cooling System (Section 11.1) Cooling System (Section 11.1)
31 / 910
1 Overview
Mnemonic HEAT2 HEAT3 HEATDC HEX2 HEX3 HEX4 HEX5 HEX8 HEX9 LPFC
Description Heating Unit 2 Heating Unit 3 Heating Unit DC Heat Exchanger 2 Heat Exchanger 3 for using in MBOE Heat Exchanger 4 for using in MBO1 Heat Exchanger 5 for using in CBO Heat Exchanger 8 for using in MBOEE Heat Exchanger 9 for using in MBO1E Lightning Protection and Filter Unit Compact Lightning Protection and Filter Unit Tropical Lightning Protection and Filter Unit Multistandard Lightning Protection and Filter Unit Power Module 800 W Power Module 1100 W Power Module 1200 W Power Module 1800 W Remote Inventory Battery Station Unit Module Advanced
Part No. 3BK 08075 3BK 26343 3BK 26619 3BK 07978 3BK 25659 3BK 25660 3BK 26325 3BK 27148 3BK 27149 3BK 26322
For More Information... HEAT2 (Section 11.7) HEAT3 (Section 11.8) HEATDC (Section 11.10) HEX2 (Section 11.2) HEX3/HEX4 (Section 11.3) HEX3/HEX4 (Section 11.3) HEX5 (Section 11.4) HEX8/HEX9 (Section 11.5) HEX8/HEX9 (Section 11.5) LPFC (Section 12.2)
LPFMT LPFM
3BK 25157 3BK 06783 3BK 08713 3BK 25024 3BK 27198 3BK 25134 3BK 08925
LPFU (Section 12.5) PM08 (Section 12.12) PM11 (Section 12.13) PM12 (Section 12.14) PM18 (Section 12.15) RIBAT (Section 12.29) Station Unit Modules (Section 8) Station Unit Modules (Section 8) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9)
SUMP
3BK 07224
TADH
3BK 25373
TAGH
3BK 26154
TRAD
Transceiver Module GSM 1800 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 1800 Medium Power Enhanced 8-PSK power
3BK 08980
TRADE
3BK 26526
32 / 910
1 Overview
Mnemonic TRAG
Description Transceiver Module GSM 900 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 900 Medium Power Enhanced 8-PSK power Transceiver Module GSM 850 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 1900 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 1800 High Power
For More Information... Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9) Transceiver Equipment (Section 9)
TRAGE
3BK 26525
TRAL
3BK 25894
TRAP
3BK 25825
TRDH
3BK 07723
TRDM
Transceiver Module GSM 1800 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 900 Medium Power Transceiver Module GSM 1900
3BK 07372
TRGM
3BK 07206
TRPM
3BK 08556
33 / 910
1 Overview
Height Module ADAM2 ADAM4 ANC ANX ANY APOD BACO BAC2 BATS BCU1 BCU2 BU41 BU100 BU101 DCDP DCDU DCDUE DCMU DCUC FACB FANU HEAT HEAT3 HEAT4 HEATDC HEX2 HEX3 -/ 172 -/ 135 -/ 95 1 HU/ 44 -/ 80 1 HU/ 44 -/60 -/ 101 -/ 1045 -/ 1150 TEP/ mm -/ 39 -/ 39 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265 3 HU/ 128 3 HU/ 128 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265 3 HU/ 128 6 HU/ 265 -/ 200 -/ 234 -/ 234 2 HU/ 89 -/227
Width TEP/ mm 28 WU/ 142 56 WU/ 284 28 WU/ 142 31 WU/ 160 10 WU/ 52 34 WU/ 172 50 WU/ 253 14 WU/ 71 28 WU/ 142 9 WU/ 45.7 10 WU/ 51 -/ 250 -/ 250 -/ 250 95 WU/ 482.6 -/120
Depth mm 280 280 298 298 298 285 285 285 280 280 280 200 400 400 152.5 147 Weight 15 kg 50 kg 120 kg 120 kg -
-/ 237 -/ 150 -/ 55 26 WU/ 133 -/ 234.5 19 WU/ 482 -/445 -/ 170 -/ 440 -/ 450
24 kg 24 kg
34 / 910
1 Overview
Height Module HEX4 HEX5 LPFM LPFMT LPQD LPQG LPQM LPQP PM08 PM11 PM12 SUMP SUMA TRE TEP/ mm -/ 1150 -/ 770 -/261 -/261 n/a n/a n/a n/a 3 HU/ 128 6 HU/ 265 -/ 240 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265 6 HU/ 265
Width TEP/ mm -/ 600 -/ 450 -/181 -/181 n/a n/a n/a n/a 15 WU/ 76 15 WU/ 76 14 WU/ 71 10 WU/ 52 10 WU/ 52 21 WU/ 106 28 WU/ 142
Depth mm 150 130 75 75 n/a n/a n/a n/a 280 280 280 298 298 298 298 Weight 28 kg 16 kg -
35 / 910
1 Overview
1.5 Cables
Most BTS A9100 cables are common to both the mini and medi cabinets. The number of standard RF cables that are used varies according to the configuration. The cabling consists of both: Discrete cables, which have the designation CA Cable sets, which have the designation CS. The grouping of certain cables into cable sets can provide advantages in terms of ease of installation or manufacturing. The BTS A9100 cables are categorized as internal and external cables. Internal Cables These are the cables and cable sets that are internal to the BTS. They interconnect the various modules and are necessary for all configurations. External Cables These are the cables that connect the BTS A9100 to: The customers 2 Mbit/s PCM distribution board The customers 0/ -48 V DC power source and ground point (indoor BTS A9100s) The BTS Terminal Another BTS for clock synchronization.
36 / 910
37 / 910
1x(...2/ ...2)
SUM
ANY
ANX
The BTS has n TREs If no ANY (2 TREs max.): TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Dummy Panels
Connection Area The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs S U M A IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 3 4
Microwave IDU (Optional) TRE4 Stage 1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space
38 / 910
SUM
ANX ( Sector 2 )
ANX ( Sector 1 )
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Dummy Panels
Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TREs ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) IDU 1 S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2
Microwave IDU (Optional) TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
IDU 1
S U M A
Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space TRE1 Stage 1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
39 / 910
SUM
ANX ( Sector 2 )
TRE
TRE
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANX ( Sector 3 )
ANX ( Sector 1 )
TRE
AIR
Connection Area
The BTS has 3 sectors with 1 TRE each ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 a b ANC 3 TRE 1
ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
Empty space
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
40 / 910
If no ANY (2 TREs max.), TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX If ANY2 only: ANY2 is connected to ANX
TRE8 (TRE6)
TRE7 (TRE5)
TRE6
TRE5
ANY filling order: ANY2 then ANY1 then ANY3 If the BTS has 6 TREs max., the numbering scheme is a little bit different for: TRE5 and TRE6.
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY 3
ANY 1
ANY 2
ANX
Dummy Panels
TRE4 Stage 1
FANU
TRE3
FANU
TRE2
TRE1
FANU
Connection Area
Stage 3
a
IDU 1 IDU 2
b ANC ANY 2 5 6 7 8
ANY 1
TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7
TRE 1 2 3 4
Stage 2 S U M A
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC
Empty space
41 / 910
b ANX
Stage 3
TRE6
TRE5
TRE8
TRE7 If no ANY (2 TREs max.): TRE1 and 2 connected to ANX If ANY2 only: ANY2 connected to ANX
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
S U M A
ANY 3
ANY 1
ANY 2
ANX
Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space TRE4 Stage 1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
42 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 1x10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Top Stage FANU TRE12 FANU TRE11 TRE10 FANU TRE9
ANY 4
ANY 5
ANX 2 TRE5
TRE8 (TRE6)
TRE7 (TRE5)
TRE6
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY 3
ANY 1
ANY 2
ANX 1
Dummy Panels
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
IDU 1
IDU 2
ANC 2
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
TRE5
Stage 2 S U M A
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 2 TRE 9 10 11 12
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1
Empty space
Stage 1
43 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Top Stage FANU TRE6 TRE5 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
ANX (Sector 2)
If no ANY (2 TREs max.): TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX ANY filling order: ANY2 then ANY1 then ANY3
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Dummy Panels
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
IDU 1
ANY4
ANY3
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE6
TRE5
ANY2
ANY1
Empty space
44 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
IDU 1
IDU 2
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
TRE5
Stage 2 S U M A
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
Empty space
45 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Top Stage FANU TRE4 TRE3 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANY
TRE2
TRE2
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
For each sector: TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs only (no ANY)
SUM
ANY
ANX (Sector 1)
Dummy Panels
Stage 1 TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )
IDU 1
IDU 2
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC 3
Stage 2 TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
TRE 1 2 3 4
S U M A
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
Stage 1
46 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors with respectiv ely n, p and q TREs
ANY3
ANX3 (Sector 3)
ANY2
ANX2 (Sector 2)
ANX3 ANY3 TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE2 Stage 2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU For each sector, TRE1 and 2 connected to ANX if 2 TREs only (no ANY)
S U M A
IDU1
IDU2
ANY1
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Figure 11: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version)
47 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
The BTS has n TREs and one sector ANX1 and ANX2 are set to the same sector number ANY1 only present if n>6 or if ANY Preequipment
ANY2
ANX2
TRE3 FANU
SUM
ANY1
ANX1
Dummy Panels
Stage 1
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
TRE 1 2 7 8
IDU1 IDU2 ANC2
Both ANCs are set to the same sector number In case of 1x3...4, on each ANC, The bridges will be removed at installation (on site) if no more than 2 TREs are onnected to them Extension from 1x6 to 1x8 Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space
TRE3 FANU
SUMA
ANC1
Stage 1
TRE8 FANU
TRE7 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
48 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE12 TRE11 TRE6 TRE5
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 7 8
a b ANC 2 TRE 3 4 5 6
ANC 3
IDU 1
IDU 2
ANC 2
a b ANC 3
TRE10 FANU TRE9 FANU S U M A TRE4 TRE3 FANU
Stage 2
TRE 9 10 11 12 The 3 ANCs are set to the same sector number Extension from 1x8 to 1x12 Microwave IDU (Optional)
ANC 1
Stage 1
TRE8 FANU
TRE7 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
49 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Top Stage FANU
TRE6 TRE5
FANU
TRE6
FANU
TRE5
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 1)
In each sector, both ANXs are set to the same sector number.
TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE4 TRE3 FANU
Stage 2
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 2)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panels
50 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC2 3 456
ANC3 (Sector 2)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 1)
a b ANC4 3 456
TRE3 FANU S U M A
TRE4
TRE3 FANU
TRE 1 2
ANC4 (Sector 2)
ANC1 (Sector 1)
In each sector: Both ANCs are set to the same sector number Extension from 2x4 to 2x6 Microwave IDU (Optional)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space In case of 2x3...4: On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
51 / 910
ANC2 ( Sector 2 )
IDU1
S U M A
a b ANC1 TRE 1
a b ANC2 TRE 1
Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space TRE1 Stage 1 FANU FANU TRE1 FANU On each ANC: the two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
ANC2 ( Sector 2 )
IDU 1
S U M A
ANC1 ( Sector 1 )
TRE1 FANU
Figure 16: Indoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
52 / 910
IDU1
IDU2
With classical HP TRE:
Connection Area
TRE4
FANU
FANU
FANU
Stage 2
FANU S U M A
FANU
FANU
IDU1 IDU2
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE4
FANU S U M A
FANU
FANU
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Stage 1
TRE3 FANU
TRE2 FANU
Microwave IDU (Optional)
TRE1 FANU
TRE3 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU
Empty space
Figure 17: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
53 / 910
b ANC1
b ANC2
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
TRE
1 2 3 4
TRE
1 2 3 4
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
On site, on each ANC: the two bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs connected
TRE4
TRE1 FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE4 TRDH
FANU S U M A
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Figure 18: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
54 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2
ANX3 (Sector 3)
TRE2 FANU
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
SUM
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 3)
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE1
TRE2 TRE1 FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
Figure 19: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
55 / 910
ANC1 Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU 1 2 3 HP MP ANC3 (Sector 3) IDU1 IDU2 ANC2 (Sector 2) For 3x1...2:
ANC2
ANC3
nc 1 2 3
nc 1 2 3 HP MP
nc HP MP
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site) One HP TRE transmitting per antenna (HP) TRE1 Stage 2 S U M A FANU FANU (HP) TRE2 (HP) TRE1 FANU For 3x3: On each ANC: The bridge where the MP TRE is connected is removed on site
ANC1 (Sector 1)
FANU
FANU
FANU
(HP) TRE2
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Figure 20: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
56 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
A ANC Sector 1
PDU 1
PDU 2
nc TRE 4
TRE 2
TMA
TMA
A ANC Sector 2
PDU 1
57 / 910
IDU1
IDU2
2 TRE 3 4 nc nc nc nc
S U M A
ANC1 and ANC3 are set to the same sector number The bridges are removed on ANC1 and ANC3
Stage 1
Figure 23: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use
58 / 910
Stage 3 ANC2 Inner Cell (Sector 2) Inner Cell: a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 3 4 Outer Cell: a TRE4 Stage 2 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU ANC1 Outer Cell (Sector 1) Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space b ANC1 TRE 1 2 3 4
IDU1
IDU2
S U M A
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Figure 24: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use
59 / 910
SUM
ANX ( Sector 2 )
GSM 1800 TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Dummy Panels
Stage 1
Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TREs ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
IDU 1
S U M A
Microwave IDU (Optional) TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space GSM 1800
Stage 1
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
60 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
TRE6
TRE5
TRE2
For each sector: If no ANY (2 TREs max.), TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX ANY filling order: ANY2 then ANY1 then ANY3
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
IDU1
ANY4
ANY3
ANC2 (Sector 2)
TRE6
TRE5
a b ANC2
TRE6 Stage 2 FANU FANU TRE5 FANU
ANY3
SUMA ANY2 ANY1 ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANY4 34
TRE 1 2 5 6
Empty space
61 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU The BTS has 2 sectors: One with n TREs in GSM 900 One with p TREs in GSM 1800
ANY4
ANX2 (Sector 2)
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
TRE5
The configur ation is based on 1x8 configur ation, and extended with a 1x4 sector
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY2
ANX1 (Sector 1)
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectiv ely n and p TREs The configur ation is based on 1x8 configur ation, and extended with a 1x4 sector Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU a IDU1 IDU2 ANC2 (Sector 2) ANY1 TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7 TRE 1 2 3 4 b ANC1 ANY2 5 6 7 8
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
b ANC2
SUMA
ANY2
ANY1
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE 1 2 3 4
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
62 / 910
TRE6
TRE5
TRE8
TRE7
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
b ANC2
SUMA
ANY2
ANY1
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE 1 2 3 4
Microwave IDU (Optional) GSM 1800 Empty space TRE4 Stage 1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
63 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors: One with n TREs in GSM 900 One with p TREs in GSM 1800 Minimum TREs in sector 1 is 5
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 1)
TRE2
TRE1
TRE2
TRE1
The configuration is based on 1x8 Low Loss configuration, extended with a 1x4 sector
ANX1 and ANX2 are set to the same sector number Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
SUM
ANY
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE6 TRE5 In case of 1x3...4LL/1x1...4 On ANC1 and ANC2: The bridges will be removed at installation time (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TREs The configuration is based on 1x8 Low Loss configuration, extended with a 1x4 sector
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 2)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 1)
b ANC1
b ANC2
TRE 1 2 7 8 TRE 3 4 5 6 Stage 2 TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU S U M A TRE4 TRE3 FANU ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number
ANC1 (Sector 1)
b ANC3
TRE 1 2 3 4 GSM 1800 Microwave IDU (Optional) Stage 1 TRE8 FANU TRE7 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space
64 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANY
TRE2
TRE2
For each sector, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1
a b ANC2
ANC3 ( Sector 3 )
IDU1
IDU 2
ANC2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC3
TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
TRE 1 2 3 4
Stage 2
SUMA
ANC1 ( Sector 1 )
65 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANY
TRE2
TRE2
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
For each sector, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
SUM
ANY
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1
a b ANC2
ANC3 ( Sector 3 )
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC3
Stage 2 TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU ANC1 ( Sector 1 )
TRE 1 2 3 4
SUMA
66 / 910
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
ANX (Sector 2)
In sectors 2 and 3,
TRE2 Stage 2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC3
TRE2 FANU ANC4 ( Sector 4 ) TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU ANC1 ( Sector 1 )
a b ANC4
Stage 2
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2
SUMA
67 / 910
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
ANX (Sector 2)
In sectors 2 and 3:
TRE2 Stage 2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC3
TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
Stage 2
TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC4 (Sector 4)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
68 / 910
In sectors 2 and 3: TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector.
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 4)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
Stage 1
The BTS has 4 sectors with: n+r TREs in GSM 900 p+q TREs in GSM 1800 Sectors GSM 900:
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
TRE4 STASR 3
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC4 (Sector 4)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Empty space
69 / 910
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 3)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 2)
In sectors 2 and 3: TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
TRE2 Stage 2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 4)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
Stage 1
The BTS has 4 sectors with: n+r TREs in GSM 900 p+q TREs in GSM 1800 Sectors GSM 900:
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Stage 2
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC4 (Sector 4)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Empty space
70 / 910
SUM
ANX2
ANX1
GSM 1800 TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Dummy Panels
ANC1 TRE 1 2
ANC2 TRE 1 2
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number Microwave IDU (Optional) Empty space TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
71 / 910
The single sector has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to the same sector number For each frequency band: If no ANY (2 TREs max.), TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX ANY filling order: ANY2 then ANY1 then ANY3
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
ANX2
TRE6
TRE5
TRE2
TRE1
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANY3
ANY1
ANY2
ANX1
GSM 1800
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Dummy Panels
Stage 1
FANU
FANU
FANU
Connection Area
The BTS has one sector with: p TREs in GSM 900 n TREs in GSM 1800
TRE1
TRE4
TRE3
TRE2
a
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC1 ANY1
IDU1 ANY4 ANY3 ANC2
ANY2 56 b
TRE 1 2 3 4 a
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUMA
ANY2
ANY1
ANC1
Both ANCs are set to the same sector number Microwave IDU (Optional)
TRE4
TRE3
TRE2
TRE1
Stage 1
FANU
FANU
FANU
72 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
Sector 1 has: p TREs in the GSM 900 band n TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: q TREs in the GSM 900 band r TREs in the GSM 1800 band
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 1)
ANX1 and ANX2 are set to the same sector number (1) ANX3 and ANX4 are set to the same sector number (2)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 2)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
In the upper part of the BTS, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
GSM 1800
TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Dummy Panels
Stage 3
FANU
Sector 1 has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: r TREs in the GSM 900 band q TREs in the GSM 1800 band a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 3 4 a b ANC2 TRE 1 2
IDU1
IDU2
TRE4 STASR 3
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
ANC 1 and ANC 2 are set to the same sector number (1)
Stage 2 FANU ANC4 (Sector 2) FANU FANU ANC1 (Sector 1)
SUMA
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number (2)
TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
73 / 910
Sector 1 has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: q TREs in the GSM 1800 band r TREs in the GSM 900 band ANX1 and ANX2 are set to the same sector number (1) ANX3 and ANX4 are set to the same sector number (2)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 1)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
GSM 1800
TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Dummy Panels
Stage 3
FANU
Sector 1 has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: q TREs in the GSM 1800 band r TREs in the GSM 900 band a b ANC1 a b ANC2
IDU1
IDU2
STASR 3 TRE4 Stage 2 FANU ANC4 (Sector 2) TRE3 FANU TRE4 TRE3 FANU
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 3 4 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number (1) a b ANC3 TRE 1 2 3 4 a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number (2) GSM 1800
Microwave IDU (Optional)
TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Empty space
74 / 910
Sector 1 has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band r TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: p TREs in the GSM 900 band q TREs in the GSM 1800 band ANX1 and ANX4 are set to the same sector number (1) ANX2 and ANX3 are set to the same sector number (2)
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 2)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
In the upper part of the BTS, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 1)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
Sector 1 has: n TREs in the GSM 900 band q TREs in the GSM 1800 band Sector 2 has: r TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 1)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
TRE4 STASR 3
ANC1 and ANC3 are set to the same sector number (1) a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 3 4 a b ANC4 TRE 1 2 3 4
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
ANC4 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANC2 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number (2)
GSM 1800
TRE2 Stage 1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
75 / 910
Stage 3 (*)
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
If ANY2 only, ANY2 is connected to ANX ANY filling order: ANY2 then ANY1 + ANY3 (*) Fan stage always present Dummy Panels
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
BBU
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANY1
ANY2 ANY1 ANC
TRE 1 2 3 4
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
If no ANY (4 TREs maximum), TRE1 to TRE4 are connected to ANC Preequipment of ANY possible
PM12
SUMA
FANU
Empty space
76 / 910
a b ANX 1 2 2
a b ANX 1 2 3
Stage 3
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
SUM
ANX (Sector 2)
ANX (Sector 1)
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
BBU
The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively n, p and q TREs a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 a b ANC2 TRE 1 2 a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 3)
IDU1
IDU2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
TRE2 BATS
TRE1
Stage 2
FANU
FANU
PM12
SUMA
Stage 1
FANU
FANU
Empty space
77 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
ANY1
ANY2 ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
TRE 1 2
34 5 6
TRE2 TRE6 Stage 2 FANU ADAM PM12 PM12 TRE5 FANU FANU
TRE1
PM12
ANY1
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Empty space
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC 3
TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
TRE 1 2 3 4
Stage 2
P M 1 2
S U M A
Empty space
Stage 1
78 / 910
Stage 3
FANU
FANU
FANU
TRE 1 2 3 4
IDU ANY 2 ANY 1 ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
a b ANC 2
ANY 1
TRE4 Stage 2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
ANY 2 5678
TRE 1 2 3 4
S U M A
Stage 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
79 / 910
Figure 46: Interconnection between an AC Cabinet and a DC Cabinet Maximum number of TREs depending on DC Consumption: GSM 900: 3 x PM08 up to eight TREs, 5 x PM08 if more than eight TREs; maximum TREs: 18 (a 3x6 site configuration is possible) GSM 1800: 3 x PM08 up to six TREs, 4 x PM08 up to eight TREs, 5 x PM08 if more than eight TREs; maximum TREs: 12 (a 3x6 site configuration is not possible).
80 / 910
Single TRX -> Twin Single TRX -> Twin TRX TRX Mini 1 2 3 Medi 1 2 3 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 4 -> 8 2/2 -> 4/4 1/1/1 -> 2/2/2 12 -> 16 6/6 -> 8/8 4/4/4 -> 6/6/6
81 / 910
82 / 910
83 / 910
84 / 910
85 / 910
Single TRX -> Twin Single TRX -> Twin TRX TRX Mini 1 2 3 Medi 1 2 3 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 2/2 -> 4/4 2/2/2 (4/4/4) -> 4/6/6(6/6/6) 4 -> 8 2/2 -> 4/4 1/1/1 -> 2/2/2 12 -> 16 6/6 -> 8/8 4/4/4 -> 6/6/6
86 / 910
87 / 910
88 / 910
89 / 910
90 / 910
91 / 910
92 / 910
93 / 910
94 / 910
Note:
Restrictions None. for GSM 850. For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x7...8 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 1x6 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs Connection Area a TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU b ANC1 ANY2 2 46 8
SUMA
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC1
If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANYs are required. Preequipment possible Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY preequipped, TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC
Dummy Panel
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case fewer than 3TREs
Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
95 / 910
Note:
ADAM
PM1 2
PM1 2
FANU
b ANC1
TRE 1 3 2 4
SUMA
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3TREs
Dummy Panel
Empty space
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
TRE1 FANU
96 / 910
Note:
Restrictions None. for GSM 850. For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x4 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs, Sector 2 with p TREs
b ANC1
b ANC2
TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1
TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1) The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
97 / 910
Note:
ADAM
PM1 2
PM1 2
FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs, Sector 2 with p TREs
b ANC1 2
b ANC2 2
TRE 1
Sector 1
Sector 2
Dummy Panel
Empty space
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
98 / 910
Note:
FANU
FANU
TRE 1
Sector 2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
Sector 3 The ANC can be replaced by the ANB also Empty space
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
99 / 910
Note:
ADAM
PM1 2
PM1 2
FANU
b ANC1
b ANC2
TRE 1 ANC3 (Sector 3) ANC2 (Sector 2) Sector 1 a b ANC3 Dummy Panel TRE 1 Sector 3 SUMA TRE1 FANU TRE1 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
TRE 1 Sector 2
100 / 910
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC1
If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANYs are required. Preequipment possible Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY preequipped, TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
Dummy Panel
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 123 12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 123456 123456 1234567 12345678 123456 123456 1234567 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 BBU or STASR 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456
Air Inlet
ADAM
SUMA
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
BATS (Option)
FANU
FANU
FANU
(Option)
STAND
101 / 910
Note:
Restrictions None. for GSM 850. For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 1x10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 a b ANC1 ANY2 2 4 6 8 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs
ANY1 FANU
ANY 2
FANU
TRE 1 3 5 7
ANY 1
ANC1
a b ANC2 9 TRE 11 10 12
Dummy Panel
Both ANCs are set to the same sector number TRE4 FANU TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU
SUMA
ANC2
123 123
Dummy Panel
TRE9 FANU
102 / 910
Note:
a b ANC2 TRE 1 3 2 4
Sector 2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
ANC1 (Sector 1)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs Dummy Panel
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Air Inlet
PM12
PM12
PM12
FANU
FANU
BBU
(BU101)
STAND
103 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs, Sector 2 with p TREs
a Sector 1 FANU
b ANC1
SUMA
FANU TRE 1 3
ANY1 2 4 56
ANY 2
Dummy Panel
TRE6
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
In each sector, If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANY 1
123 123
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
104 / 910
Note:
Sector 1 FANU
ANY 2
FANU
TRE
ANY 1
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 2
a b ANC2 ANY2 2 46 8
ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7
Dummy Panel
TRE4 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Air Inlet
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
105 / 910
Note:
Sector 1
Sector 2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 3
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Air Inlet
P M 1 2
S U M A FANU
Empty space
BBU
(BU101)
STAND
106 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs, Sector 2 with p TREs, Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 3)
b ANC1
a b ANC2 1 3 2 4
a b ANC3 1 3 2 4
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Air Inlet
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
12 12
TRE1 FANU
107 / 910
Connection Area
b ANC1 2
b ANC2 4
TRE 1
SUMA
Dummy Panel
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (on site)
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
TRE1 FANU
12 12
108 / 910
TRE 3 7 4 8
Both ANCs are set to the same sector number ANC2 ANC1
In case of 1x3...4
Dummy Panel
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 123 12345678 1234567 123 12345678 1234567 12345678 1234567 123456 123456 1234567 12345678 123456 123456 1234567 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 BBU or STASR 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456
Air Inlet ADAM SUMA PM12 PM12 PM12 BATS (Option) FANU FANU FANU (Option) STAND
109 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs
FANU
ANC2
b ANC1
a b ANC2 374 8
15 2 6
a b ANC3 TRE 9 11 10 12
TRE4 FANU
TRE1 FANU
SUMA
ANC3
123 123
Dummy Panel
TRE10
TRE9 FANU
110 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at + 40 C or with 28 W at + 45 C. Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TREs
Sector 1:
a b ANC1 FANU FANU FANU Air Inlet TRE 1 2 a b ANC2 3 5 46
Sector 2:
ANC3 (Sector 2) ANC2 (Sector 1) a b ANC3 TRE 1 2 a b ANC4 3 5 46
Dummy Panel
In each sector: Both ANCs are set to the same sector number
TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE4 FANU Air Inlet TRE3 FANU
In case of 2x3...4 On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.
ANC4 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
111 / 910
Connection Area
FANU
Air Inlet
a b ANC1 TRE 1
b ANC2
TRE 1
SUMA
Dummy Panel
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (on site)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB also
TRE1 FANU
123 123
112 / 910
FANU
FANU
b ANC1
TRE
1 3 2 4
On site, on the ANC: The two bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs are connected
TRE4
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
FANU
FANU
SUMA
ANC1
123 123
Dummy Panel
TRE1 FANU
113 / 910
FANU
On site, on each ANC: The two bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs are connected
TRE4 The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs TRE1 FANU Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration
FANU
Air Inlet
ADAM
SUMA
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
ANC1 (Sector 1)
12 12
Dummy Panel
TRE3 FANU
TRE1 FANU
114 / 910
a b ANC1 FANU
a b ANC2 1 3 2
a b ANC3 1 3 2
ANC3 (Sector 3)
TRE 1 3 2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
In case of 3x1...2: On each ANC: The two bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs are connected (on site). One HP TRE transmitting per antenna.
Dummy Panel
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
FANU
Air Inlet
S U M A
ANC1 (Sector 1)
12 12
Dummy Panel
TRE1 FANU
115 / 910
116 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
A ANC Sector 1
PDU 1
PDU 2
nc TRE 4
TRE 2
TMA DC Bias T
PDU 1
TMA
A ANC Sector 2
DC
117 / 910
Inner Cell:
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4 ANC2 Outer Cell (Sector 2)
FANU
TRE4
FANU
Outer Cell:
a b ANC3 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC2 and ANC3 are set to the same sector number FANU FANU The bridges are removed on ANC2 and ANC3 at installation time (on site)
12345678 12345678 12345678 12345678 123 12345678 12345678 123 12345678 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 BBU or STASR 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456
Air Inlet ADAM SUMA PM12 PM12 PM12 ANC1 Inner Cell (Sector 1) FANU FANU FANU (Option) STAND
118 / 910
Inner Cell:
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4
FANU
TRE4
FANU
Outer Cell:
a b ANC2
TRE1
TRE 1 3 2 4
12345678 12345678 12345678 12345678 12 12345678 12345678 12 123456 123456 1234567 12345678 123456 123456 1234567 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 BBU or STASR 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456 1234567890123456
FANU FANU Air Inlet ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A ANC1 Inner Cell (Sector 1) FANU FANU FANU (Option) STAND
119 / 910
2.5.5 MBI Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 and GSM 900/1900
2.5.5.1 MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 Multiband BTS configuration.
Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs, Sector 2 with p TREs
a b ANC1 FANU FANU Air Inlet S U M A FANU TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1 ANC2 (Sector 2) ANC1 (Sector 1)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
120 / 910
SUMA
TRE6
FANU TRE 1 3
ANY1 2 4 5 6
ANY 2
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
In each sector, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.
Air Inlet The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs ANC1 (Sector 1)
PM1 2 ANY 1
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
12 12
121 / 910
Sector 1 TRE
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7
Dummy Panel In sector 2, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.
TRE4 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2 SUMA
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
TRE1 FANU
122 / 910
Sector 1 TRE
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7
Dummy Panel
In sector 2, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC. TRE4 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
SUMA
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
123 / 910
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 2)
Sector 1 TRE
a b ANC1 12 7 8
a b ANC2 3 4 5 6
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE3 FANU
In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 On ANC1 and ANC2: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space
124 / 910
ANC3 (Sector 3)
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC2 1 3 2 4 Sector 2
a b ANC3 1 3 2 4 Sector 3
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 1
Dummy Panel
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space
125 / 910
ANC3 (Sector 3)
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC2 1 3 2 4 Sector 2
a b ANC3 1 3 2 4 Sector 3
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 1
Dummy Panel
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space
126 / 910
FANU
Sector 1
ANC3 (Sector 3)
ANC2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC3 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Sector 3
Sector 4
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
ANC4 (Sector 4)
S U M A
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
127 / 910
FANU
Sector 1
ANC3 (Sector 3)
ANC2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC3 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel
Sector 3
Sector 4
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU
ANC4 (Sector 4)
S U M A
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
128 / 910
FANU
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2
ANC3 (Sector 3)
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 2
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
Sector 3
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
ANC4 (Sector 4)
S U M A
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
129 / 910
Sector 1 ANC3 (Sector 3) ANC2 (Sector 2) a b ANC3 Dummy Panel TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 3
a b ANC4 TRE 1 2
Sector 4
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
TRE3 FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 ANC4 (Sector 4) S U M A ANC1 (Sector 1) Empty space
Dummy Panel
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
130 / 910
FANU
FANU
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC2 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC2
ANC1 The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
TRE1 FANU
131 / 910
a b ANC1 FANU
SUMA
FANU TRE 1 3
ANY1 2 456
ANY 2
ANC2
TRE6
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
FANU
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC.
Air Inlet
ADAM
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
ANY 1
ANC1
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs GSM 1800
Dummy Panel
12 12
TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet STAND
132 / 910
ANY 2
FANU a b ANC2 ANC2 ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7 Dummy Panel ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. ANY2 2 4 6 8
ANY 1
TRE4 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
ANC2, If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC.
Air Inlet
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs ANC1 GSM 1800
SUMA
Dummy Panel
123 123
TRE1 FANU
133 / 910
ANY 2
FANU a b ANC2 ANC2 ANY1 TRE 1 3 5 7 Dummy Panel ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. ANY2 2 4 6 8
ANY 1
ANC 2, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC. TRE4 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs. ANC1 GSM 1800
Air Inlet
SUMA
Dummy Panel
123
TRE1 FANU
134 / 910
FANU
ANC3 (Sector 2)
ANC2 (Sector 1)
a b ANC1 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC2 TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 Sector 2: q TREs in GSM 1800 band, r TREs in GSM 900 band ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. FANU FANU FANU Air Inlet
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
a b ANC4 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC4 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs Dummy Panel GSM 1800 Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU FANU
135 / 910
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC2 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC3 (Sector 2)
ANC2 (Sector 1)
Dummy Panel
Sector 2: q TREs in GSM 1800 band, r TREs in GSM 900 band ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
ANC4 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1) The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs.
Dummy Panel GSM 1800 Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU FANU
136 / 910
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC3 TRE 1 2
ANC3 (Sector 1)
ANC2 (Sector 2)
Sector 2: p TREs in GSM 1800 band, r TREs in GSM 900 band ANC2 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.
TRE4 FANU
ANC4 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of fewer than 3 TREs.
TRE2 FANU
TRE1
137 / 910
138 / 910
139 / 910
140 / 910
141 / 910
142 / 910
143 / 910
144 / 910
145 / 910
146 / 910
147 / 910
148 / 910
149 / 910
150 / 910
151 / 910
152 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 2 sectors with n and p TRX. Multiband cell: The BTS has one sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz.
153 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 2 sectors with n and p TRX. Multiband cell: The BTS has one sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz.
154 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 4 sectors with n and q TRX in 900 MHz plus p and r TRX in 1800 TRX. Multiband cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz and 1 sector with q TRX in 900 MHz and r TRX in 1800 TRX.
155 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 6 sectors with n, q, s TRX in 900 MHz and p, r, t TRX in 1800 MHz. Multiband cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz plus 1 sector with q TRX in 900 MHz and r TRX in 1800 MHz plus 1 sector with s TRX in 900 MHz and t TRX in 1800 MHz.
156 / 910
157 / 910
158 / 910
159 / 910
160 / 910
161 / 910
162 / 910
163 / 910
164 / 910
165 / 910
166 / 910
167 / 910
168 / 910
169 / 910
170 / 910
171 / 910
172 / 910
173 / 910
174 / 910
175 / 910
176 / 910
2.7 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX
The following table gives the possible configuration extension based on Twin TRX modules. Cabinet Number of sectiors AC Carriesrs per sector DC Carriesrs per sector
Single TRX -> Twin Single TRX -> Twin TRX TRX MBI3 1 2 3 MBI5 1 2 3 4 -> 8 2/2 -> 4/4 1/1/1 -> 2/2/2 n.a. n.a. 4/4/4 -> 4/6/6 (6/6/6*) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 2/2 -> 4/4 2/2/2 (4/4/4) -> 4/6/6(6/6/6) 8 -> 12 4/4 -> 4/6(6/6*) 2/2/2 -> 4/4/4 12 -> 16 6/6 -> 8/8 4/4/4 -> 6/6/6
Mini
1 2 3
4 -> 8 2/2 -> 4/4 1/1/1 -> 2/2/2 12 -> 16 6/6 -> 8/8 4/4/4 -> 6/6/6
Medi
1 2 3
177 / 910
178 / 910
179 / 910
180 / 910
181 / 910
182 / 910
183 / 910
184 / 910
2.8 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX (Only in MBI5 Cabinet Variant AB)
The following table gives the possible configuration extension based on Twin TRX modules. Cabinet Number of sectiors AC Carriesrs per sector DC Carriesrs per sector
Single TRX -> Twin Single TRX -> Twin TRX TRX MBI5 (AB) 1 2 3
* : Change of SUMA location
185 / 910
186 / 910
187 / 910
188 / 910
189 / 910
190 / 910
OPTIONS
SUM
ANY
ANX
The BTS has n TREs If ANY not equipped (2 TREs max.), TRE1 and TRE2 are directly connected to ANX
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR
AIR
a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 3 4
SUMA
ANC1
AIR
Empty space
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
191 / 910
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs a FANU FANU AIR FANU ANC1 b
ANY2
5 6 7 8
Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY preequipment, TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC.
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
192 / 910
b ANC1
b ANC2
TRE 1
PM12
PM12
12 12
193 / 910
OPTIONS
SUM
ANX (Sector 2)
ANX (Sector 1)
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs AIR
a ANC1 (Sector 1)
b ANC1
b ANC2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
TRE 1 2 Sector 1
TRE 1 2 Sector 2
AIR
Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
194 / 910
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
FANU
FANU AIR
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
TRE 1 2 3 4 Sector 1
TRE 1 2 3 4 Sector 2
AIR
Empty space
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
195 / 910
OPTIONS
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANX (Sector 3)
ANX (Sector 1)
TRE 1
AIR
196 / 910
ANC1 (Sector 1)
On each ANC, the bridges can be removed at installation (on site), if maximum power is required. AIR
Empty space
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
197 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU a b ANX 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 1 a b ANX 2 TRE 1 2 Sector 2 a b ANX 3 TRE 1 2 Sector 3
ANX 2 ( Sector 2 )
S U M A AIR
ANX 1 ( Sector 1 )
Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Figure 100: Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 - GSM 1900 Configuration (ANX version)
198 / 910
AIR
AIR
Empty space, no dummy panels needed TRE4 FANU AIR TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs a FANU FANU AIR TRE FANU ANY1 1 2 3 4 ANY2 5 6 7 8 b ANC1
AIR
SUMA
ANY2
ANY1
AIR
AIR
Empty Space TRE4 FANU AIR TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
199 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE8 OPTIONS TRE7 TRE6 TRE5
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANY 1
ANY 2
ANX 1
ANY ANY 3 1
ANY 2
AIR
AIR
TRE12 FANU
TRE11
TRE9 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs a b ANC 1 FANU FANU AIR FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 2 3 4 ANY 2 5 678
AIR
S U M A AIR
ANC 2
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1
a b ANC 2 9 TRE 10 11 12
Empty Space TRE12 FANU TRE11 TRE10 FANU AIR TRE9 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
200 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1800 configuration using TRAD/TRADE TREs, the following restriction has to be considered: 2x5...6 with 45 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 2x1...4 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
ACSU
ADAM
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
ANY1
AIR
SUMA
IDU1
IDU2
ANY2
ANC2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC2 ANY2
TRE4
FANU
TRE3
FANU
TRE2
TRE1
FANU
AIR TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6
BBU
TRE4 FANU
LPFU
In each sector, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
201 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE6 OPTIONS TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
For each sector, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector (No ANY)
ANY2
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY3 ANY1
ANY2
AIR
AIR
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC1
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
SUMA
ANY2
ANY1
ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANY4
ANY3
ANC2 (Sector 2)
AIR
AIR
In each sector, if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty Space
202 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1800 configuration using TRAD/TRADE TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C. For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR
ACSU TRE4 ADAM ANC1 (Sector 1) FANU AIR ANC3 (Sector 3) IDU1 SUMA ANC2 (Sector 2) TRE TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space BBU TRE2 FANU LPFU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU Microwave IDU locations AIR 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 FANU AIR FANU a b a b a b TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
PM1 2
PM1 2
PM1 2
IDU2
ANC1
ANC2
ANC3
203 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE4 OPTIONS For each sector, TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. (no ANY) TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANY1 SUM
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY3
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY2
AIR
AIR
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
a b ANC1
a b ANC2
a b ANC3
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANC3 (Sector 3)
AIR
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
204 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at + 40 C Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE4 TRE3 AIR TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs FANU AIR FANU AIR FANU
b ANX1
b ANX2 ANY2
b ANX3 ANY3
SUMA
ANY1
ANX1 (Sector 1)
ANY3
ANX3 (Sector 3)
ANY2
ANX2 (Sector 2)
ANY1 TRE1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
AIR
AIR
For each sector: ANY is required if more than 2 TREs Preequipment possible
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
205 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANY1
ANX1
ANY2
ANX2
AIR
AIR
Extension from 1x6 to 1x8 Empty space, no dummy panels needed
TRE8 FANU
TRE2
TRE4
TRE3 FANU
AIR
AIR
a b ANC2
TRE 5 6 7 8
Both ANCs are set to the same sector number (Remote Inventory) Empty Space
AIR
AIR
In case of 1x3...4:
On each ANC, the two bridges will be removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE8 FANU
TRE6
TRE5 FANU
206 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 1x11...12 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE4 TRE3 TRE12 TRE11 AIR TRE10 TRE9
b ANC1
b ANC2
b ANC3
SUMA
ANC1
ANC3
ANC2 TRE1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 7 8 11 12
AIR
AIR
TRE1 FANU
TRE8 FANU
TRE6
TRE5 FANU
Empty space
207 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 2x6 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE5 OPTIONS In each sector: Both ANXs are set to the same sector number When no ANY, TREs 3 and 4 are directly connected to ANX TRE6 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANX4 (Sector 2)
ANX1 (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX2 (Sector 1)
AIR
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE4
TRE3 FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC1 TRE 1 2 5 6 a b ANC4 3 4 a b ANC3 3 4
FANU
FANU
FANU
ANC4
SUMA
ANC1
ANC3
AIR
AIR
In each sector, both ANCs are set to the same sector number
Extension from 2x4 to 2x6 Empty Space TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU On each ANC, the two bridges will be removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
208 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs, the following restrictions have to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at + 40 C. Configuration 3x3 without restrictions: 45 W at + 45 C.
AIR TRE4 TRE3 ANC6 (Sector 3) TRE2 AIR TRE1 ANC5 (Sector 3) The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 1 a FANU FANU AIR FANU FANU FANU AIR FANU b ANC1 Sector 2 a b ANC2 12 a b ANC3 3 4 Sector 3 a b ANC5 12 a b ANC6 3 4
TRE 1 2 ANC4 (Sector 1) SUMA ANC1 (Sector 1) ANC3 (Sector 2) ANC2 (Sector 2) a b ANC4 4
AIR
AIR
TRE 3
On each ANC, bridges are removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Per sector, both ANCs are set to the same sector number Empty Space
209 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
On each ANC, bridges are removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
Empty space
SUMA
ANC1
AIR
TRE4
FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Figure 112: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
210 / 910
OPTIONS
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with 1 TRE Sector 2 with 1 TRE
SUM ANX2 (Sector 2) ANX1 (Sector 1) Empty space, no dummy panels needed AIR
AIR
ANC2 (Sector 2) ANC1 (Sector 1)
b ANC1
SUMA
TRE 1 Sector 1
AIR
Empty space
On each ANC, t he two bridges are removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
TRE1 FANU
FANU AIR
TRE1 FANU
Figure 113: Outdoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
211 / 910
TRE2
b ANC1
b ANC2
TRE
1 2 Sector 1
TRE
1 2 Sector 2
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANC2 (Sector 2)
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
Empty space
AIR
AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU AIR ANC2 (Sector 2) ANC1 (Sector 1) TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU FANU AIR FANU
SUMA
AIR
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Figure 114: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
212 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1800 configuration using TADH TREs, the ambient temperature is + 38 C.
AIR
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs FANU FANU AIR FANU FANU FANU AIR a b ANC1 a b ANC2 FANU
SUMA
ANC1 (Sector 1)
ANC2 (Sector 2) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
AIR
AIR
On each ANC, t he two bridges are removed at installation (on site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUMA
ANC2 (Sector 2)
TRE3 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE1 FANU
Figure 115: Outdoor MEDI- 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
213 / 910
Note:
Restrictions For the GSM 1800 configuration using TADH TREs, the ambient temperature is + 40 C.
AIR
The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
ANC 1
ANC 2
ANC 3
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
IDU 1
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
1 2
1 2
1 2
Empty space BBU TRE1 FANU LPFU FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU Microwave IDU locations
BBU
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
LPFU
Figure 116: Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
214 / 910
AIR TRE2
AIR
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANX 3 (Sector 3)
ANX 2 (Sector 2)
S U M A AIR
AIR
AIR
AIR
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE2
AIR Empty space, no dummy panels needed The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
FANU
S U M A AIR
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
AIR
1 2
1 2
1 2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site)
Figure 117: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
215 / 910
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 1 nc 1 2 3 HP MP
a b ANC 2 nc 1 2 3 HP MP
a b ANC 3 nc 1 2 3 HP MP
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 2 (Sector 2) On each ANC: "The bridge, where the TRE MP is connected, is removed on site" Empty slots. No Dummy Panels
(HP) TRE2
(HP) TRE2
FANU AIR
FANU
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
Figure 118: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration
216 / 910
SUM
ANX (Sector 2)
ANX (Sector 1)
Sector 1 has n TREs Sector 2 has p TREs Empty space, no dummy panels needed GSM 1800
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
AIR
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
S U M A AIR
On the 2 ANCs the bridges can be removed to get more power at antenna output (Low Losses) (Operation to be performed during installation phase)
GSM 1800 Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
217 / 910
FANU
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
S U M A AIR
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
GSM 1800 Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU AIR TRE1 FANU
218 / 910
For each sector : FANU FANU AIR FANU TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY) Empty space, no dummy panels needed GSM 1800
SUM
ANY ANY 3 1
ANY 2
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY ANY 3 1
ANY 2
ANX (Sector 2)
AIR
AIR
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANY 1 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANY 2 56
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
ANY 4
ANY 3
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
AIR
AIR
TRE 1 2 3 4
In each sector : If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
FANU AIR
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3
FANU AIR
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty Space
GSM 1800
219 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
For each sector : TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY)
SUM
ANY 1
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY 3
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY 2
ANX (Sector 2)
AIR
AIR
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
AIR GSM 1800 Empty Space TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
220 / 910
For each sector: FANU FANU AIR FANU TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY) Empty space, no dummy panels needed GSM 1800
SUM
ANY 1
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY 3
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY 2
ANX (Sector 2)
AIR
AIR
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
AIR
Empty Space GSM 1800 TRE2 FANU FANU AIR TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
221 / 910
ACSU
ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 IDU 2 ANC 1 (Sector 1)
Legend ANC 4 (Sector 4) The BTS has 4 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
TRE2
TRE1
FANU AIR
IDU 1
S U M A AIR
FANU
FANU
GSM 1800
a b ANC 4
BBU
TRE2 FANU LPFU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
222 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
AIR
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
( Sector 4 ) ANC 4
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
1 2
223 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
AIR
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
( Sector 4 ) ANC 4
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
1 2
224 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
AIR
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
( Sector 4 ) ANC 4
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2
1 23 4
1 23 4
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
1 2
225 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
SUM
ANX (Sector 4)
ANX (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX (Sector 3)
ANY
AIR
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
( Sector 4 ) ANC 4
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
TRE 1 2
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
226 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
( Sector 4 ) ANC 4
S U M A AIR
( Sector 1 ) ANC 1
( Sector 3 ) ANC 3
( Sector 2 ) ANC 2
TRE 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 23 a b ANC 4
AIR
1 2 3 TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800 Empty Space
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANC 4 ( Sector 4 )
S U M A AIR
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )
227 / 910
The single sector has : n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to the same sector number SUM ANX 2 ANX 1
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR The single sector has : n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
AIR
a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2
ANC 2
S U M A AIR
ANC 1 On the 2 ANCs the bridges can be removed to get more power at the antenna output (Low Loss) (Operation to be performed during installation phase)
Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800
228 / 910
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 3 4
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC 2
S U M A AIR
ANC 1
Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800
229 / 910
SUM
ANY 2
ANX 1
ANY 2
ANX 2
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
The BTS has 1 sector with : n TREs in the GSM 900 band p TREs in the GSM 1800 band a b ANC 1
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
ANY 1 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANY 2 56
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1
ANY 4
ANY 3
ANC 2
AIR
AIR
TRE 1 2 3 4
In each sector : If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty Space GSM 1800
230 / 910
IDU 1
TRE 1 2
1 2
1 2
TRE1 FANU
BBU
TRE2 FANU LPFU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU
231 / 910
SUM
ANX 1 (Sector 1)
ANY
ANY
ANX 2 (Sector 1)
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors. a b ANC 1 a b ANC 2
TRE 1 2 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 4 S U M A AIR ( Sector 1 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 3 ( Sector 1 ) ANC 2 Sector 2 AIR 1 2 3 4
1 23 4
a b ANC 3
a b ANC 4
1 2
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
232 / 910
SUM
ANX 1 (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX 3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX 2 (Sector 1)
AIR
Empty space no dummy panels needed GSM 1800
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors Sector 1 a b ANC 1 a b ANC 2
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 1 2 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 4 S U M A AIR ( Sector 1 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 3 ( Sector 1 ) ANC 2 Sector 2 a b ANC 3
1 2 3 4 a b ANC 4
AIR 1 2 3 4 1 2
Empty Space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800
233 / 910
SUM
ANX 1 (Sector 1)
ANY
ANX 3 (Sector 2)
ANY
ANX 2 (Sector 2)
AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
AIR TRE4
AIR TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors Sector 1 a b ANC 1 a b ANC 4
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 1 2 ( Sector 1 ) ANC 4 S U M A AIR ( Sector 1 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 3 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 2 Sector 2 a b ANC 3
1 2
a b ANC 2
AIR 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Empty Space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU AIR TRE2 TRE1 FANU GSM 1800
234 / 910
AIR
The BTS has 3 sectors. Sector 1 : a b ANC 1 1 2 a b ANC 2 1 2 a b ANC 4 1 2 a b ANC 6 1 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU
AIR
ANC 4 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) ANC 3 ( Sector 2 )
AIR
ANC 2 ( Sector 1 )
S U M A AIR
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
Empty space
235 / 910
Capacity Mode
2 +2
2 +2
3/3 4+2
2 3 1 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div Low Loss 1 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 4Rx Div Low Loss
1/1 2
1/1 2
1/1 1/1/1 2
236 / 910
237 / 910
238 / 910
239 / 910
240 / 910
2.10.5 Coverage Mode with TX Diversity Low Loss Configurations - CBO - 1 Sector TX Diversity Low Loss with Twin-TRX
241 / 910
2.10.6 Coverage Mode TX-Diversity 4 RX Configurations - CBO - 1 Sector TX Diversity 4RX with Twin-TRX
242 / 910
243 / 910
244 / 910
245 / 910
246 / 910
Note:
P M 1 2
P M 1 2
ANC 1
ANY 1 TRE8
ANY 2
TRE5
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
S U M A
Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY preequipment, the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC ANY 2 ANY 1 ANC 1 Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed
123
TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, or if n>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
247 / 910
Note:
Restrictions None. for GSM 850. For GSM 1900, the configuration is limited to six TREs over the two sectors.
ADAM4
P M 1 2
P M 1 2
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE4
b ANC 1
b ANC 2
TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
123 123
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, or if (n+p)>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
248 / 910
Note:
The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
TRE2
TRE1
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
On each ANC: The bridges can be removed at installation time (on site), if maximum power is required
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
S U M A
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
12
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
249 / 910
Note:
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs a b ANC 1 ANY 1 TRE5 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1
123 123
TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE12 FANU TRE11 TRE10 FANU TRE9 FANU
250 / 910
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 2 456
TRE6
TRE5
TRE6
TRE5
a b ANC 2 FANU FANU AIR FANU FANU FANU AIR FANU ANY 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 5 6 In each sector : If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TREs 1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
S U M A
ANY 1
ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )
ANY 2
ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )
AIR
AIR
Empty space
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
251 / 910
Note:
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE12 FANU
TRE11
TRE10 FANU
TRE9 FANU
12 12
252 / 910
The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
TRE2
TRE1
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
FANU
FANU AIR S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
Empty space
123 123
TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if (n+p+q)>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
Available only on AC configuration
253 / 910
Note:
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
TRE 1 3 2 4
TRE 5 7 6 8
TRE8
FANU
FANU AIR S U M A
FANU
ANC 2
ANC 1
Empty space
12 12
TRE6 FANU TRE5 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if n>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
254 / 910
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1 TRE 1 5 2 6 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 5 2 6 a b ANC 4 3 4
a b ANC 3 3 4
FANU
FANU AIR S U M A
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
In each sector : Both ANCs are set to the same sector number
ANC 4 (Sector 1)
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 3 (Sector 2)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
On each ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them, and kept otherwise.
Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
12
255 / 910
The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
Sector 1
a b
Sector 2
a b
Sector 3
ANC 1
ANC 2 1 a 2 b
ANC 5
TRE4
TRE3
TRE 1 a
2 b
1 a
2 b
ANC 4
ANC 3
ANC 6
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 3 4 3 4 3 4
ANC 4 (Sector 1)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 3 (Sector 2)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if GSM 1900 and if (n+p+q)>6. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
256 / 910
ANC 1
TRE
3 2 4
On site: on the ANC: Bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs connected to the ANC FANU FANU AIR FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
S U M A
ANC 1
Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
257 / 910
Sector 1
Sector 2
FANU
FANU
FANU
AIR
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
AIR
Empty space Dummy panels if no modules installed
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1
Available only on AC configuration
FANU
258 / 910
ANC 1 TRE 1 2
ANC 2 TRE 1 2
ANC 3 TRE 1 2
TRE2
Sector 1
Sector 2
Sector 3
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
259 / 910
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1 a b ANC 2
1 324
1324
FANU
On site, and on each ANC: Bridges can be removed if only 2 TREs connected
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed
Available only on AC configuration
TRE2
TRE1
The BTS has 3 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
TRE4
TRE3
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
123 123
TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Dummy panels if no modules installed PM12 equipped if (n+p+q)>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
260 / 910
2.12.4 MBO Multiband BTS Configurations - GSM 900/1800 and GSM 900/1900
2.12.4.1 MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
P M 1 2
P M 1 2
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE4
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
261 / 910
TRE6
TRE5
TRE6
TRE5
S U M A
In each sector : If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANY 1
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANY 2
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
Multiband BTS:
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 1 3 2 4 S U M A ANY 2 ANY 1 ANC 1 (Sector 1) ANC 2 (Sector 2) In sector 1: If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
262 / 910
Multiband BTS:
The BTS has 2 sectors: Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs a b ANC 1
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
FANU
FANU AIR
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 In sector 1: If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
Multiband BTS:
P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1
1 3 24 Sector 2
1 3 24 Sector 3
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
263 / 910
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
a b ANC 1
a b ANC 2
a b ANC 3
FANU
FANU AIR
TRE 1 3 2 4
1 3 24
1 3 24
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 1 2
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
FANU AIR
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
264 / 910
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Empty space
Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs TRE4 TRE3 a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 1 2
TRE4
TRE3
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU AIR
a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
265 / 910
Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC 2 1 2
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU AIR
a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 4
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
Multiband BTS :
P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 The BTS has 4 sectors : Sector 1 with n TREs Sector 2 with p TREs Sector 3 with q TREs Sector 4 with r TREs TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 FANU AIR ANC 3 (Sector 3) S U M A ANC 1 (Sector 1) ANC 4 (Sector 4) FANU FANU FANU FANU AIR FANU a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 a b ANC 2 1 3 2
TRE3
a b ANC 4 1 3 2
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 / GSM 1900 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
266 / 910
Multiband BTS:
The BTS has 6 sectors :
Sector 1
a b ANC 1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2
Sector 2
a b ANC 2 1 2
Sector 3
a b ANC 3 1 2
TRE4
TRE3
ANC 6 (Sector 6)
ANC 5 (Sector 5)
Sector 4
a b ANC 4
Sector 5
a b ANC 5 1 2
Sector 6
a b ANC 6 1 2
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU TRE 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
267 / 910
P M 1 2
P M 1 2
Multiband Cell: The BTS has only 1 sector with: n TREs in GSM 900 band p TREs in GSM 1800 band ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number
TRE4
a b ANC 1
FANU FANU AIR FANU
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
TRE 1 3 2 4
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
ANC 2
S U M A
ANC 1
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6, otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
TRE2 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
268 / 910
Multiband Cell: The BTS has only 1 sector with: p TREs in GSM 900 band n TREs in GSM 1800 band ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
a b ANC 1 ANY 1
a b ANC 2 ANY 2
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
S U M A
ANY 1
ANC 1
ANY 2
ANC 2
TRE 1 3 2 4 56 TRE 1 3 2 4 56 On each ANC: If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has only 1 sector with n TREs in GSM 900 band p TREs in GSM 1800 band ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
TRE5
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
AIR
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC1
ANC 2
On ANC1: If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE4 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
269 / 910
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has only 1 sector with p TREs in GSM 900 band n TREs in GSM 1800 band ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number a b ANC 1 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468
TRE8
TRE7
TRE6
TRE5
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU AIR
a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 On ANC1: If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
S U M A
ANY 2
ANY 1
ANC1
ANC 2
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE4 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1: n TREs in GSM 1800 band p TREs in GSM 900 band Sector 2: q TREs in GSM 1800 band r TREs in GSM 900 band a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 AIR S U M A a b ANC 3 ANC 1 (Sector 1) ANC 4 (Sector 2) ANC 2 (Sector 1) TRE 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 4 1 2 a b ANC 2 1 2
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
ANC 3 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
270 / 910
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1: n TREs in GSM 1800 band p TREs in GSM 900 band Sector 2: q TREs in GSM 1800 band r TREs in GSM 900 band a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 AIR S U M A a b ANC 3 ANC 1 (Sector 1) ANC 4 (Sector 2) ANC 2 (Sector 1) TRE 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 1 2
TRE4
TRE3
TRE4
TRE3
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1: n TREs in GSM 1800 band p TREs in GSM 900 band Sector 2: q TREs in GSM 1800 band r TREs in GSM 900 band a b ANC 1 TRE1 3 2 a b ANC 3 ANC 2 (Sector 1) TRE 1 3 2 a b ANC 2 1 3 2
TRE3
TRE3
TRE3
TRE3
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
S U M A
a b ANC 4 1 3 2
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
271 / 910
Multiband Cell:
The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1: n TREs in GSM 900 band p TREs in GSM 1800 band
a b ANC 1
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
a b ANC 3 1 3 24
TRE 1 3 2 4
FANU
FANU AIR S U M A
FANU AIR
a b ANC 2
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
a b ANC 4 1 2
ANC 3 (Sector 1)
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 2)
TRE 1
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
Available only on AC configuration
The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1: ANC1 + ANC2 Sector 2: ANC3 + ANC4 Sector 3: ANC5 + ANC6 Sector 1 a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 2 a b ANC 2 1 Sector 2 a b ANC 3 2
TRE4
TRE3
ANC 6 (Sector 3)
TRE2
TRE1
ANC 5 (Sector 3)
2 1 Sector 3 a
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
a b ANC 4
a b ANC 5
b ANC 6
ANC 3 (Sector 2)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 2)
ANC 2 (Sector 1)
1 2 TRE 1 2 1 On each ANC: Bridges will be removed at installation time (on site)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
GSM 1800 Dummy panels if no modules installed Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU Available only on AC configuration
272 / 910
Sector 2
a b ANC 2
Sector 3
b ANC 6
TRE2
TRE1
TRE 1 3 2
1 3 2
1 3 2
Sector 4
a b ANC 3
Sector 5
a b ANC 4
Sector 6
b ANC 5
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 1 1 1
ANC 3 (Sector 3)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 4)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
TRE1 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
TRE1 FANU
TRE3 FANU
TRE2
TRE1 FANU
123 123
Empty space PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, and if TREs (n+p+t)>3. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed
273 / 910
Sector 2
a b ANC 2
Sector 3
b ANC 6
TRE2
TRE1
TRE 1 3 2
1 3 2
1 3 2
b ANC 3
b ANC 4
b ANC 5
FANU AIR
FANU
FANU
FANU
FANU AIR
FANU
TRE 1
ANC 3 (Sector 1)
S U M A
ANC 1 (Sector 1)
ANC 4 (Sector 2)
ANC 2 (Sector 2)
The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3TRE s
123
TRE1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU TRE1 FANU TRE3 FANU TRE2 TRE1 FANU
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, and if TREs (n+p+t)>3. Otherwise: dummy panel is installed Available only on AC configuration
274 / 910
2.13 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX
The following table gives the possible configuration extension based on Twin TRX modules. Cabinet Number of sectors Carriesrs per sector Single TRX -> Twin TRX MBO1 MBO1T 1 2 3 MBO2 1 2 3 8 -> 12 4/4 ->4/6(6/6*) 2/2/2 -> 4/4/4 12 -> 16 6/6 -> 8/8 4/4/4 -> 6/6/6
275 / 910
276 / 910
277 / 910
278 / 910
279 / 910
280 / 910
2.14 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Configurations with Single TRX
2.14.1 A9100 MBO1E 1 Sector
281 / 910
The following figure shows the MBO1E - 3 sectors with 3 TRE in one sector.
282 / 910
283 / 910
284 / 910
2.15 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Mixed Configurations Based on Extension with Twin TRX
The following table gives the possible configuration extension based on Twin TRX modules. Cabinet Number of sectors Carriesrs per sector Single TRX -> Twin TRX MBO1E 1 2 3 MBO2E 1 2 3 8 -> 12 4/4 ->4/6(6/6*) 2/2/2 -> 4/4/4 n.a. 8/6 -> 12/12 4/4/4 -> 8/8/8
285 / 910
286 / 910
287 / 910
288 / 910
289 / 910
2.16 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Evolution Configurations with Twin TRX
2.16.1 Introduction
The following table gives the Twin TRX configurations. Twin Mode Number of sectors MBO1E Carriers per sector Capacity Mode 1 2 3 4 Capacity Mode Low Loss 1 2 3 Multiband & Multiband Cell 1 2 3 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. 1 2 3 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 2Rx Div. Low Loss 1 2 3 Coverage Mode TxDiv. 4Rx Div. 1 2 3 8 6/6 4/4/4 2/2/2/2 12 6/6 6+6 2/2 + 2/2 4 2/2 2/2/2 2 2/2 2 2/2 MBO2E Carriers per sector 8 8/8 8/8/8 6/6/6/6 16 12/12 8/8/8 12 + 12 6/6 + 6/6 4/4/4 + 4/4/4 4 4/4 4/4/4 2 2/2 2/2/2 2 2/2 2/2/2
290 / 910
Twin Mode
Number of sectors
Extended Cell Extended Cell TxDiv, 4RX Div for outer cell
4+4 4+2
Capacity Mode
Tx Div Mode
291 / 910
is equivalent with
292 / 910
293 / 910
is equivalent with
294 / 910
is equivalent with
295 / 910
is equivalent with
296 / 910
is equivalent with
297 / 910
298 / 910
299 / 910
300 / 910
301 / 910
302 / 910
303 / 910
304 / 910
305 / 910
306 / 910
307 / 910
308 / 910
309 / 910
310 / 910
311 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 2 sectors with n and p TRX Multiband Cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz
312 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 4 sectors with n and q TRX in 900 MHz plus p and r TRX in 1800 MHz Multiband Cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz and 1 sector with q TRX in 900 MHz and r TRX in 1800 MHz
313 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 2 sectors with n and p TRX Multiband Cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz
314 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 4 sectors with n and q TRX in 900 MHz plus p and r TRX in 1800 MHz Multiband Cell: The BTS has 1 sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz and 1 sector with q TRX in 900 MHz and r TRX in 1800 MHz
315 / 910
Multiband BTS: The BTS has 6 sectors with n,q,s TRX in 900 MHz plus p,r,t TRX in 1800 MHz Multiband Cell: The BTS has 1sector with n TRX in 900 MHz and p TRX in 1800 MHz plus 1 sector with q TRX in 900 MHz and r TRX in 1800 MHz plus 1 sector with s TRX in 900 MHz and t TRX in 1800 MHz
316 / 910
317 / 910
318 / 910
319 / 910
320 / 910
321 / 910
322 / 910
323 / 910
324 / 910
325 / 910
326 / 910
327 / 910
328 / 910
329 / 910
330 / 910
331 / 910
332 / 910
333 / 910
334 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3 Indoor Cabinets
This chapter describes the indoor cabinets used in BTS A9100 configurations. The descriptions are supported with diagrams and illustrations, where necessary.
335 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.1 CIMI/CIDI
The CIMI and CIDI are indoor cabinets that support both omnidirectional and sectorized configurations. The following figure shows the position of the main modules.
CIMI Top FANUs Interconnection Panel CIDI
Interconnection Panel
STASR 2
STASR 2
Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel
STASR 1
STASR 1
Figure 182: CIMI/CIDI Module Positions Both cabinets are designed to house two STASRs. In the CIMI, the upper subrack (STASR2) contains the SUM and may contain TRE and/or AN modules. The lower subrack (STASR1) can contain TRE and/or AN modules. In the CIDI, the upper subrack (STASR2) can contain the SUM, the microwave equipment and/or AN modules. The lower subrack (STASR1) can contain the SUM and/or TRE modules.
336 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Interconnection Area
Subrack
3.1.1.1 Construction
The CIMI/CIDI is a steel box construction with four adjustable feet, on its underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinet has no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the top of the cabinet. The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply with IEC 297 standards.
337 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.1.1.2 Door
The CIMI/CIDI can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall configurations. Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the front of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet. In the CIMI, the door is fitted with a copper-beryllium gasket to ensure EMC integrity when closed. An optional dust filter can be fitted to the CIDI door. The filter is removable for cleaning.
3.1.1.3 Cables
All external cables, except for the antenna, are connected to the interconnection panel. The external cables include the DC supply and Abis connections. The antenna cabling is connected at the top of the cabinet. A ribbon cable is used in the cabinet to link the subracks together; see the following figure. In the CIMI, the top end of the cable terminates on the TFBP (refer to Top Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3)) for more information). In the CIDI, the cable terminates at the rear connector of the top subrack. The bottom end terminates on the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory (Section 8.5) for more information).
Ribbon Cable
BTSRI
338 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Ground Bolt
Sector q/A Sector q/B Sector r/A Sector r/B Antenna Connectors
Sector n/A Sector n/B Sector p/A Sector p/B Antenna Connectors
Front
Interconnection Panel
DC Filter Connectors
Note:
Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs. A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas. Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.
Figure 185: CIMI/CIDI Top View The antennas are connected to RF connectors in a recess at the top of the cabinet. An M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to ground. Any unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate.
3.1.1.5 Cooling
The CIMI is air cooled by fans, both inside the cabinet and at the top. Cool air is drawn-in through perforations on the door and is then forced up, through the subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is expelled through perforations at the top of the cabinet. The CIDI is cooled by fans inside the cabinet only, it does not require top fans. Refer to Temperature Control (Section 11) for details of the cooling system hardware.
339 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
XRT
Abis 4
Abis 3
Abis 2
Abis 1
XCLK1 In
XCLK1 Out
XGND GND
XCLK2 In/Out
Abis Relays
CIMI
DC Variant
Equipment Labels
CIDI
DC Variant
DC Filter Connectors
DC Filter Connectors
48V 48V 0V
0V
0 0 BTS S INT R 1
Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breakers
Figure 186: CIMI/CIDI Interconnection Panel On the left-hand side (see the previous figure) is the interconnection area (BTSCA); the shaded areas identify separate groups of connectors. The power supply input-connectors and circuit breakers are located on the right-hand side. All interfaces are overvoltage protected. Located behind the interconnection area is an External Input/Output Board. The XIOB is connected to the interconnection area and contains a 24 V DC/DC converter and interface circuitry for external alarms. The interconnection panel provides interfaces for the: XIO, external clock, and Abis signals DC supplies.
340 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
XIO 1
XI9 GND XI10 GND XI11 GND XI12 GND XI13 GND XI14 GND XI15 GND XI16 GND
XIO 2
XI17 GND XI18 GND XI19 GND XI20 GND XI21 GND XI22 GND XI23 GND XI24 GND
XIO 3
+24V +24V +24V +24V X01 X02 X03 X04 X05 X06 X07 X08 X GND X GND X GND X GND
XIO 4
341 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The XIO connectors are described in functional groups in the following table. External Alarm Inputs Connectors XIO 1 to XIO 3 provide an interface for connecting 24 external alarm inputs. Each input alarm is reported to the OMC-R where it is mapped to customer-defined ASCII text. The ASCII text describes the particular alarm. Each alarm input has two adjacent pins associated with it on the XIO connector. If these pins are open-circuit (open loop), an alarm is generated. External Alarm Outputs Connector XIO 4 provides an interface for the SUM to control eight external alarm devices. This feature is for future use. The SUM is described in Station Unit Modules (Section 8). Connector XIO 4 provides a + 24 VDC power source for external alarm devices that require a power supply. The XGND connector is used when attaching the external alarm 24 VDC ground to the BTS A9100 ground. If the connector pins are not short-circuited (open loop), the input and output alarms are isolated from the BTS A9100 ground.
+ 24 VDC Supply
XGND
342 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
343 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
XGPS
XCLK
344 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
345 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
346 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
0 VDC Filter
Circuit Breakers 2 5A 1
XIOB
STASR2
25 A
STASR1
25 A
Figure 188: CIMI/CIDI DC Power Interconnections Each subrack has: A filtered input of -48/-60 VDC A filtered 0 V return A ground connector A circuit breaker. The XIOB and TFBP have the same inputs as the subracks.
347 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The following table shows the rated values for the power components. Item 0 and -48/-60 VDC Filters Circuit Breakers 1 and 2 Circuit Breaker 3 Component/Rating 4 F capacitors, rated at 75 A. 25 A 5A
Table 13: CIMI/CIDI Power Component Ratings The CIMI/CIDI is EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the CIMI/CIDI is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via the cabinet bus bar. A functionally identical alternative to the cabinet bus bar is used in later models of CIMI. This is a branched cableform. The CIDI uses a bus bar for this purpose. The bus bar (or cableform) also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks and other CIMI/CIDI equipment.
348 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
BUMI
3BK 07763
CA-ADCO
3BK 07953
3BK 07763
CS02
3BK 07598
CS03
3BK 07599
CS04
3BK 07600
CS05
3BK 07199
349 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS03
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS04
ANIC
3BK 07921
CS05
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
350 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CA01
3BK 07594
3BK 07595
CA-GC35
3BK 08031
1AC 00147 0001 (Blue) 1AC 00147 0002 (Black) 3BK 08030
CA-PC35BK
Cable Assembly - Power Cable 35 mm sq. Black is a 0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the 0 VDC connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customers 0 VDC power source. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. black power cable.
351 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Description Cable Assembly - Power Cable 35 mm sq. Blue is a -48 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the -48 VDC connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customers -48 VDC power source. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. blue power cable.
External Alarms
This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is L907, an 8-pair, shielded, 2 Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. Synchronization Cable Generation 2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the BTS A9100. Synchronization Cable Generation 3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to another BTS A9100. Synchronization Cable Mark 1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark1 to the BTS A9100. Synchronization Cable Mark 2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark2 to the BTS A9100.
SCG2/3
SCG3
3BK 07950
SCM1/3
3BK 08102
SCM2/3
3BK 08103
352 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CA01/02
BTSCA
CACBTE
STASR 1 Backplane
BTSRI
353 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.2 CIMA/CIDE
The CIMA/CIDE are indoor cabinets that support both omnidirectional and sectorized configurations. There are two variants, where the allowed configurations are determined by the type of external power supply used by the cabinet: DC power supply variant AC power supply variant. The following figure shows the position of the main modules for both variants.
DC variant
Top FANUs Connector Area STASR 5 Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Power control modules Up to 4 TREs Connector Area STASR 5 ASIB Top FANUs Connector Area
AC variant
Connector Area STASR 4
FANUs FANUs Air Inlet STASR 4 ANs Up to 2 ANCs and up to 2 Microwave Modules Air Inlet STASR 4 STASR 3 Up to 4 TREs or ANs FANUs Air Inlet STASR 3
FANUs Air Inlet Dummy Panel STASR 1 STASR 1 ADAM, 3 PM12s, SUM, ANC FANUs Air Inlet
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs
Batteries Fitted into special Battery Tray or another STASR fitted with TREs *) Dummy Panel
CIMA
CIDE
CIMA
CIDE
* ) If TREs are installed FANUs are installed under this STASR instead of over it.
354 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
355 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Note that the AC variant uses an ASIB to replace the top STASR.
STASR
Note that the AC variant may replace the bottom STASR with a battery tray containing BU41 or BU100.
Adjustable Feet
356 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.2.3.1 Construction
The CIMA/CIDE is a steel box construction with four adjustable feet, on its underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinet has no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the top of the cabinet. The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply with IEC 297 standards.
3.2.3.2 Door
The CIMA/CIDE can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall configurations. Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the front of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet and, in the CIMA, is fitted with a copper-beryllium gasket to ensure EMC integrity when closed.
3.2.3.3 Cables
All external cables, except for the antenna, are connected to the interconnection panel. The external cables include the AC or DC supply and Abis connections. The antenna cabling is connected at the top of the cabinet. A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the subracks together; see the following figure. The top end of the cable terminates on the TFBP (CIMA only - refer to Top Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3) for more information). The bottom end terminates on the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory (Section 8.5) for more information). If an internal battery is used in the AC Variant, the ribbon cable also connects to the RIBAT (refer to RIBAT (Section 12.29) for more information).
Subrack
Subrack
Ribbon Cable
Subrack
Ribbon Cable
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
DC variant
AC variant
357 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Ground Bolt
Sector q/A Sector q/B Sector r/A Sector r/B Antenna Connectors
Sector p/A
Sector p/B
Front
Interconnection Panel
Note:
Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs. A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas. Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.
Figure 193: CIMA Top View The following figure is a top view of the CIDE. The CIDE has no top fans, just a perforated top cover.
Top Cover
Ground Bolt
Sector q/A Sector q/B Sector r/A Sector r/B Antenna Connectors
Sector n/A
Sector n/B Sector p/A Sector p/B Antenna Connectors DC Filter Connectors DC Output Connector
Front
Interconnection Panel
Note:
Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs. A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas. Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.
Figure 194: CIDE Top View The antennae are connected to RF connectors at the top of the cabinet. An M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to ground. Any unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate. The CIDE AC variant has an AC filter set in the roof plate next to the antenna connectors on the left side. The filter has terminals for connection to a 230 VAC 1 supply.
358 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.2.3.5 Cooling
The CIMA/CIDE is air cooled by fans, inside the cabinet and, in the CIMA, additionally at the top. Cool air is drawn in through perforations on the door and is then forced up, through the subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is expelled through perforations at the top of the cabinet by the top fans. Refer to Temperature Control (Section 11) for details of the cooling system hardware.
XRT
Abis 4
Abis 3
Abis 2
Abis 1
XCLK1 In
XCLK1 Out
XGND GND
XCLK2 In/Out
Krone Strip
Abis Relays
CIMA DC Variant
DC Filter Connectors
CIMA
DC Output
AC Variant
AC Input Equipment Labels
0V
0V EXTERN DC 48V
I 0 S R 2
I 0 S R 3
I 0 S R 4
I 0
0 0 BTS S INT R 1
Circuit Breakers
External Battery
External DC
Circuit Breakers
Figure 195: CIMA/CIDE Interconnection Panel, DC and AC Variants On the left-hand side of the Interconnection Panel (see the previous figure) is the interconnection area; the shaded areas identify separate groups of connectors. The power supply input-connectors and circuit breakers are located on the right-hand side. Located behind the interconnection area is an XIOB. The XIOB is connected to the interconnection area and contains a 24 V DC/DC converter and interface circuitry for external alarms. The interconnection panel provides interfaces for: XIO, external clock and Abis signals External power supplies for both DC and AC variants.
359 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Abis Interface
360 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Circuit Breakers
DC Filter
Circuit Breaker
361 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
DC Filters
Circuit Breakers
DC Output
362 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
6 5A XIOB
STASR 5
25 A
STASR 4
25 A
STASR 3
25 A
STASR 2
25 A
STASR 1
25 A
Figure 196: CIMA/CIDE DC Power Interconnections Each subrack has: A filtered input of -48/-60 VDC A filtered 0 V return A ground connector A circuit breaker. The XIOB and TFBP (CIMA only) have the same inputs as the subracks.
363 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The following table shows the rated values for the power components. Item 0 and -48/-60 VDC Filters Circuit Breakers 1 - 5 Circuit Breaker 6 Component/Rating 4 F capacitors, rated at 75 A. 25 A 5A
Table 20: CIMA/CIDE Power Component Ratings The CIMA/CIDE is EMC-protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the CIMA/CIDE is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via the cabinet bus bar. In the CIMA, a functionally identical alternative to the cabinet bus bar is used in the AC variant and the later DC variant of CIMA. This is a branched cableform. The bus bar (or cableform) also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks and other CIMA/CIDE equipment.
364 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
ASIB
BCB
STASR 4
25 A
STASR 3
25 A
STASR 2
25 A
STASR 1
25 A
365 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The AC input is 230 VAC 1. The AC input is connected to the AFIP, where it is filtered and passed to the APOD. The APOD is located in the ASIB and contains an AC circuit breaker used to isolate the AC input supply. The ASIB contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to APOD (Section 12.11) and PM08 (Section 12.12) for detailed descriptions of the APOD and the PM08s, respectively. Up to five PM08s are used in the CIMA; these are PM08/5 to PM08/1 Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer to BCU1 (Section 12.16), ABAC (Section 12.20), BU41 (Section 12.24), BU100 (Section 12.25) for detailed descriptions of BCU1 and the ABAC, and the optional items BU41 and BU100, respectively. The DC supply produced in the ASIB is connected to the remaining modules in the CIMA via the circuit breakers located on the APOD. The CIMA is EMC-protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the CIMA is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via a branched cableform. The cables are terminated with FASTON, Mate-N-Lock and spade connectors.
366 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
OMU
PM12/3
PM12/2
PM12/1
ADAM
0 VDC
48 VDC
DCBREAK
RIBAT
STASR 5
25 A
STASR 4
25 A
STASR 3
25 A
STASR 2
25 A
STASR 1
25 A
367 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The AC input is 230 VAC 1. The AC input is connected to the AC Filter, where it is filtered and passed to three PM12s. The mains power connection to each PM12 is via a flying socket. The three PM12s convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a description of the PM12. Up to three PM12s are used in a CIDE; these are PM12/3 to PM12/1. Control of the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing is provided by the OMU via the BCB. Charge/discharge current is monitored via a shunt in the ADAM. The ADAM acts as an interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power distribution inside the BTS. Refer to ADAM (Section 12.21) for a detailed description of the ADAM and for a functional description of the power supply system. DC power is distributed in the BTS via DCBREAK and the bus bar. DCBREAK contains six circuit breakers, five for STASRs 1 - 5, and one for the XIOB. The CIDE is EMC-protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the CIDE is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via a bus bar system. The cables are terminated with FASTON, Mate-N-Lock and spade connectors.
368 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
ADABM BTSRIMA
ADABM connects the -48 VDC filter to ADAM or the interconnection area. 3BK 25139 The CIMA BTS Remote Inventory Board with Cable for MEDI is a flat 3BK 07720 cable and a PCB. It interconnects the subrack backplanes and the TFBP. A BTSRI board is permanently attached to one end of the flat cable. The Cable Assembly Maxi as used in the later variant of CIMA is a branched cableform. It contains cables for the DC power connections to the subracks, XIOB, and top fans. The CA-ADCO disables eight alarm inputs. It connects to an XIO connector on the Interconnection Panel. The CIMA bus bar is a hardware module used for the DC power connections to the subracks, XIOB, and top fans. CS02 is an AN cable set. It connects an ANY to another ANY or to an ANX or ANC. CS03 is a TRE cable set. In a CIMA, it connects a TRE to an ANX or ANY. In a CIDE, it connects a TRE to an ANC. 3BK 07762
BUMA
CA-ADCO
3BK 07953
3BK 07762
CS02
3BK 07598
CS03
3BK 07599
CS04
CS04 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANX or ANC to two antenna cabinet connectors.
3BK 07600
CS05
CS05 is the BTSCA-to-SUM cable set. In a CIMA, it interconnects the 3BK 07199 SUM and the Interconnection Panel. The cable set carries the Abis1 and Abis2 Interfaces, and clock and control signals to and from the SUM. CA-PCAN connects the -48 VDC filter (on DCBREAK) to ADAM or to the interconnection area. CA-PCAP connects the 0 VDC filter (on DCBREAK) to ADAM or to the interconnection area. 3BK 25115
CA-PCAN
CA-PCAP
3BK 25114
369 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CA-ADABP
3BK 25138
CA-BABRM
3BK 25141
CA-BABRP
3BK 25140
CA-BSENS
3BK 08119
CS02
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS03
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS04
ANIC
3BK 07921
CS05
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
370 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3BK 07594
CA-GC35
3BK 08031
1AC 00147 0001 (Blue) 1AC 00147 0002 (Black) 3BK 08030
CA-PC35BK
CA PC35BK is a 0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the 0 VDC connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customers 0 VDC power source. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. black power cable.
CA -PC35BL
CA PC35BL is a -48 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the -48 3BK 08032 VDC connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customers -48 VDC power source.
371 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Mnemonic
Description This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. blue power cable.
Part Number 1AC 01723 0002 1AC 01328 0001 3BK 08101
This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is L907, an 8-pair, shielded, 2 Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. SCG2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the BTS A9100. SCG3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to another BTS A9100. SCM1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 1 to the BTS A9100. SCM2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 2 to the BTS A9100.
SCG3
3BK 07950
SCM1/3
3BK 08102
SCM2/3
3BK 08103
372 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CAADCO
BTSCA CS05
DC STASR 3 Backplane
STASR 1 Backplane
BTSRIMA BTSRI
373 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Top FANUs Connector Area STASR 3 DC: TREs, ANC AC: ADAM, 2 or 3PM12s, BATS (Option) FANUs Air Inlet STASR 2 DC: SUM, ANYs, ANCs AC: SUM, ANCs
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs
ADAM, 3 PM12s, SUM, ANC BATS (option) Dummy Panel STASR 1 Up to 4 TREs
FANUs
MBI3 AC or DC Variant
MBI5 DC Variant
MBI5 AC Variant with or w/o BATS MBI5 AC Variant with large BBU
374 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
375 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
STASR
Adjustable Feet
376 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
EMC Gasket
STASR Note that the AC variant may replace the bottom STASR with a battery tray containing BU101
Adjustable Feet
377 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3.3.3.3 Construction
The MBI3/MBI5 are steel box constructions with four adjustable feet on the underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinets have no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the top of the cabinets. The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply with IEC 297 standards.
3.3.3.4 Door
The MBI3/MBI5 can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall configurations. Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the front of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet.
3.3.3.5 Cables
All external cables, except for the antenna and AC supply, are connected to the interconnection panel. The external cables include DC supply and Abis connections. The antenna cabling and AC supply are connected at the top of the cabinet. A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the subracks together; see the following figure. The top end of the cable terminates on the TFBP (refer to Top Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3) for more information). The bottom end terminates on the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory (Section 8.5) for more information). If an internal battery is used in the AC variant, the ribbon cable also connects to the RIBAT (refer to RIBAT (Section 12.29) for more information).
MBI5
DC variant AC variant
MBI3
DC variant AC variant
Subrack Ribbon Cable Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack Rear
Subrack Front
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
Subrack
378 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
P ANT A
P ANT B
Antenna Connectors
External Input Board Multistandard BTS Connection Area Blind XIBM Plate MSCA
(*) Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 antenna blocks Note: Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.
Figure 204: MBI3/MBI5 Top View The antennas are connected to RF connectors at the top of the cabinet. An M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to ground. Any unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate. The MBI3/MBI5 AC variant has an AC filter set in the roof plate next to the antenna connectors on the left side. The filter has terminals for connection to a 230 VAC 1 supply.
3.3.3.7 Cooling
The MBIs are air cooled by fans, inside the cabinet and additionally at the top. Cool air is drawn in through perforations on the door and is then forced up, through the subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is expelled through perforations at the top of the cabinet by the top fans. Refer to Temperature Control (Section 11) for details of the cooling system hardware.
379 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Equipment Labels
DC Output
XCLK1 Out
XCLK1 In
GND +12 V
0V
Abis 4
Abis 2
XBCB
XRT
Krone Strip
Abis Relays
Circuit Breakers
XCLK1 Out
XCLK1 In
GND +12 V
0V
Abis 4
Abis 2
XBCB
XRT
Krone Strip
Abis Relays
Circuit Breakers
380 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
On the left-hand side of the interconnection area (see figures above) is the External Alarm Input Board Multistandard XIBM, followed by the Multistandard Interconnection Area MSCA in the middle. An extension area is covered with a blind plate. The power supply input/output connectors and circuit breakers are located on DCBR3/DCBR5 on the right-hand side. The XIBM contains a 12 V DC/DC converter and interface circuitry for external alarms on the back side of the panel. The interconnection panels provide interfaces for: Signals External alarms External clock Abis. DC Power supplies.
381 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
382 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The XI connectors allow various external alarm devices to be connected to the BTS A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as electro-mechanical switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used on the XI connectors. The positions of the XI connectors are shown in Figures 205 and 206. A detailed view of the XI connectors is given in the following figure.
XI1 GND XI2 GND XI3 GND XI4 GND XI5 GND XI6 GND XI7 GND XI8 GND
XI 1
XI9 GND XI10 GND XI11 GND XI12 GND XI13 GND XI14 GND XI15 GND XI16 GND
XI 2
383 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
RS-232
XCLK
384 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Abis Relays
385 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
DC Filters
Circuit Breakers
DC Output
386 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
DCBR3
XIBM
15 A
30 A STASR3
30 A STASR2
30 A STASR1
BUS Bar
BUS Bar
0 VDC Filter
DCBR5
Circuit Breakers INT & DC OUT SR5 SR4 SR3 SR2 SR1
STASR 5
30 A
STASR 4
30 A
STASR 3
30 A
STASR 2
30 A
STASR 1
30 A
BUS Bar
BUS Bar
387 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Each subrack has: A filtered input of -48/ -60 VDC A filtered 0 V return A ground connector A circuit breaker. The XIBM and TFBP have the same inputs as the subracks. The following table shows the rated values for the power components. Items 0 and -48/ -60 VDC Filters Circuit Breakers 1 - 3 (MBI3) Circuit Breakers 1 - 5 (MBI5) Circuit Breaker 4 (MBI3) Circuit Breaker 6 (MBI5) Table 28: MBI Power Component Ratings The MBIs are EMC-protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the MBIs are connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via the cabinet bus bar. The bus bar also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks and other MBI equipment. 15 A Component/Rating 4 F capacitors, rated at 75 A 30 A
388 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
AC Filter
OMU
PM12/3
PM12/2
PM12/1
ADAM
0 VDC Ground (M8 Bolt) DC Output 48 VDC
DCBR5
0 VDC Filter 48V/60 VDC Filter
Circuit Breakers
XIBM
15 A
STASR 5
30 A
STASR 4
30 A
STASR 3
30 A
STASR 2
30 A
30 A
BUS Bar
389 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
AC I nput
AC Filter
OMU
PM12/3
PM12/2
PM12/1
Back panel
ADAM
Front side Ground (M8 Bolt) LOAD 0 VDC 48 VDC DC Output BATT 48 VDC Battery Breakers
DCBR5
0 VDC Filter 48V/60 VDC Filter
XIBM
15 A
STASR 5
30 A
STASR 4
30 A
STASR 3
30 A
STASR 2
30 A
30 A
BUS Bar
Figure 211: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with Internal Battery
390 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
AC I nput
AC Filter
OMU
PM12/3
PM12/2
PM12/1
Back panel
ADAM
Front side LOAD 0 VDC 48 VDC DC Output BATT 48 VDC Battery Breakers
DCBR5
0 VDC Filter 48V/60 VDC Filter GND
XIBM
15 A
STASR 5
30 A
STASR 4
30 A
STASR 3
30 A
STASR 2
30 A
30 A
BUS Bar
Figure 212: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with External Battery
391 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
The AC input is 230 VAC 1. The AC input is connected to the AC filter, where it is filtered and passed to three PM12s. The mains power connection to each PM12 is via a flying socket. The three PM12s convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a description of the PM12. Up to three PM12s are used in a MBI; these are PM12/1 to PM12/3. Control of the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing is provided by the OMU via the BCB. Charge/discharge current is monitored via a shunt in the ADAM. The ADAM acts as an interface between PM12s, batteries and power distribution inside the BTS. Refer to ADAM (Section 12.21) for a detailed description of the ADAM and for a functional description of the power supply system. In the MBI3, DC power is distributed in the BTS via the DCBR3 and the bus bar. The DCBR3 contains four circuit breakers, three for STASRs 1 - 3 and one for the XIBM and top fan unit. In the MBI5, DC power is distributed in the BTS via the DCBR5 and the bus bar. The DCBR5 contains six circuit breakers, five for STASRs 1 - 5 and one for the XIBM and top fan unit. The MBIs are EMC-protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level, the MBIs are connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks via a bus bar system. The cables are terminated with FASTON, Mate-N-Lock and spade connectors.
392 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
ADABM
3BK 25139
BTSRI3
3BK 025973
BTSRI5
3BK 025974
CA-ADCO
3BK 07953
CABATS CA-PCAN
CA-PCAP CS02
CS03
3BK 07599
CS05
3BK 07199
393 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CA-ADABP
3BK 25138
CA-BABRM
3BK 25141
CA-BABRP
3BK 25140
CA-BSENS
3BK 08119
CS02
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS03
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS04
ANIC
3BK 07921
CS05
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
394 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
3BK 07594
CA-GC35
3BK 08031
1AC 00147 0001 (Blue) 1AC 00147 0002 (Black) 3BK 08030
CA-PC35BK CA PC35BK is a 0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects the 0 VDC connector on the DCBR3/DCBR5 and the customers 0 VDC power source. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. black power cable. CA -PC35BL CA PC35BL is a -48 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects the -48 VDC connector on the DCBR3/DCBR5 and the customers -48 VDC power source. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 35 mm sq. blue power cable.
395 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
Description This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is L907, an 8-pair, shielded, 2 Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. SCG2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the BTS A9100. SCG3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to another BTS A9100. SCM1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 1 to the BTS A9100. SCM2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 2 to the BTS A9100.
SCG3
3BK 07950
SCM1/3
3BK 08102
SCM2/3
3BK 08103
396 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
CA01/02
TFBP
BTSRI3 XIBM/MSCA
CS05
CACBTE
STASR 1 Backplane
BTSRI
TFBP
XIBM/MSCA
DC STASR 3 Backplane
CS05
STASR 1 Backplane
BTSRI5 BTSRI
397 / 910
3 Indoor Cabinets
398 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4 Outdoor Cabinets
This chapter describes the outdoor cabinets used in BTS A9100 configurations. The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations if necessary.
399 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
400 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
COEP
Side Compartment
BTS Compartment 1
BTS Compartment 2
Smoke Detector Service Light and AC Power Socket (not neces sarily equipped)
Equipment Labels Door Alarms Override Key Switch Interconnection Panel SRACDC or ACSR Document Holder BTSRIOUT Battery (2 BU41s or BU100) Flood De tector (installation on left or right posi tion) STASR 1 STASR 3 Electricity Meter Option Option STASR 5
ACSB
DCDP
STASR 2
STASR 4
Front View
HEAT2 HEAT2
HEAT2
HEAT2
HEAT2
HEX2
HEX2
HEX2
Top View
401 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Service Light and AC Power Socket Equipment Labels Door Alarms Override Key Switch (Busbar) Interconnection Panel Document Holder
Side Compartment
BTS Compartment 1
STASR 2
STASR 5
Battery
STASR 1
BTSRIOUT
Front View
HEAT2 HEX2
HEAT2
HEAT2
HEX2
HEX2
Top View
402 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Battery
STASR 4
Front View
HEAT2 HEX2
HEAT2
HEX2
Top View
403 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
STASR 7 HEX Breaker Options Area (e.g. Microwaves) Door Alarms Override Key Switch
STASR 3 Batteries
OUTC
Batteries
STASR 1
Front View
HEAT2
HEX4
Top View
404 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
HEX Breaker Options Area (e.g. Microwaves) Door Alarms Override Key Switch
STASR 3
OUTC STASR 2
STASR 1
Front View
HEATDC
HEX4
Top View
405 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Document Holder
Smoke Detektor
Batteries
STASR 2 OUTC
Battery Cover
ACDUE
STASR 1
PM 18
Front View
HEAT2
HEX9
Top View
406 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Document Holder
Smoke Detektor
STASR 2 OUTC
DCDUE
STASR 1
HEATDC
HEX9
Top View
407 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
OUTC
STASR 1
Front View
HEX4
Top View
408 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
STASR 7
STASR 0
HEX Breaker
Batteries
Front View
HEAT2
Top View
409 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
STASR 6
Batteries
STASR 2
STASR 5
ACDUE
OUTC
Battery Cover STASR 1 Batteries PM 18 STASR 4 Door Alarm Switch Flood Detector
Front View
HEX8
Top View
410 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
HEX Breaker
OUTC
STASR 2
STASR 5
Front View
HEATDC
Top View
411 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
STASR 6
STASR 2
STASR 5
DCDUE
OUTC
STASR 1
STASR 4
Front View
HEX8
Top View
412 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
ADAM 2
LPFC
Front View
HEAT3
HEX5
Top View
4.1.14.1 COME/COMI
At the top of the compartment is room for an optional electricity meter. An ACSB provides AC distribution and circuit breakers for the incoming AC mains supply. The ACSB also provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines. The SRACDC or ACSR houses the modules that convert the AC mains supply into a 0/-48 VDC supply. Between the side compartment and BTS compartment 1 is the Interconnection Panel. This provides connectors for DC supplies, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables.
413 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.14.2 CODE/CODI
AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the side compartment. The LPFU provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the top of the side compartment is the ACSU which provides AC distribution. The ACSU contains AC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Directly underneath the ACSU a STASR contains the ADAM and three PM12s. There is also provision for optional microwave equipment. Above the batteries on the floor, an additional BU41 or BU100 can be fitted. Between the side compartment and BTS compartment 1 is the Interconnection Panel. This provides connectors for DC supplies, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables.
4.1.14.3 CPT2
AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the side compartment. The LPFU provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the top of the side compartment is the ACSU which provides AC distribution. The ACSU contains AC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Directly underneath the ACSU a STASR contains the ADAM and three PM12s. Directly above the batteries a STASR contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables.
414 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CODE/CODI/CPT2
In addition, all BTS compartment 1s have the following common equipment: Up to two HEAT2s on the floor for COME/COMI, one HEAT2 for CODE/CODI/CPT2 HEX2 on the inside of the door Door alarm switch on the side frame Flood detector on the floor RF lightning protectors in the floor Smoke detector on the ceiling Service light and an AC power socket at the top. The method used for DC supply isolation depends on the compartment type: For the COME/COMI, there are two possibilities: The DCDP above the upper subrack. Circuit breakers are provided for isolating the DC supply from the STASRs, HEX2s, XIOB and optional microwave link equipment. The optional equipment is housed above the DCDP Circuit breakers are provided in the BOBU for isolating the DC supply from the STASRs, HEX2s, XIOB and optional microwave link equipment. The optional equipment is housed above the upper subrack (STASR2). In the CODE/CODI/CPT2, circuit breakers are provided in the BOBU for isolating the DC supply from the STASRs and HEXxs.
415 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
416 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.17 MBO1
MBO1 is designed to house AC/DC power equipment. All external cables enter the MBO1 at roof top. AC mains power is applied to the LPFM located at the left upper side of the MBO1 compartment. The LPFM provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the left upper back side of the compartment is the ACMU which provides AC distribution. The ACMU contains AC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Underneath the ACMU optional modules (e.g., microwaves) are installed. The batteries (BU101) are located directly underneath these optional modules. There is a specific battery box which contains two batteries in an upper and two batteries in a lower block. All batteries are connected in series. To the right of the batteries and the optional modules, a rack frame is installed which contains four STASRs. The top STASR (STASR7) contains ADAM4 and two, three or four PM12s. STASR1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required. STASR3 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes: BOMU for power and alarm distribution in MBO1/MBOE. Circuit breakers are provided in the BOMU for isolating the DC supply from the XIOB, HEX3/HEX4, STASRs and the Power Distribution Units HEX4 on the inside of the door HEAT2 at the back of the front door underneath HEX4 Document holder in the cover of the battery box Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the side frame Door alarm override key switch (part of BOMU) Service light, AC power socket, and smoke detector at the top Flood detector on the floor.
417 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.18 MBO1DC
MBO1DC is designed to house DC power equipment. All external cables enter the MBO1DC at roof top. DC mains power is applied to the DCMU located at the left upper side of the MBO1DC compartment. The DCMU provides DC distribution inside the cabinets. It contains DC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Underneath the DCMU optional modules (e.g., microwaves) are installed. Directly underneath these optional modules is an empty area. To the right of the empty area and the optional modules, a rack frame is installed which contains three STASRs. STASR1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required. STASR3 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor plug SENSP, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes: BOMU for power and alarm distribution in MBO1DC/MBOEDC. Circuit breakers are provided in the BOMU for isolating the DC supply from the XIOB, HEX3/HEX4, STASRs and the Power Distribution Units HEX4 on the inside of the door HEATDC at the back of the front door underneath HEX4 Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the side frame Door alarm override key switch (part of BOMU) Service light DC and smoke detector at the top Flood detector on the floor.
4.1.19 MBO1T
MBO1T is designed to house AC/DC power equipment. All external cables enter the MBO1T at roof top. AC mains power is applied to the LPFMT located at the left upper side of the MBO1T compartment. The LPFMT provides lightning protection for the AC supply line and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the left upper back side of the compartment is the ACMUT which provides AC distribution. The ACMUT contains an AC circuit breaker. Underneath the ACMUT optional modules (e.g., microwaves) are installed. The batteries (BU101) are located directly underneath these optional modules. There is a specific battery box which contains two batteries in an upper and two batteries in a lower block. All batteries are connected in series.
418 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
To the right of the batteries and the optional modules, a rack frame is installed which contains four STASRs. The top STASR (STASR7) contains ADAM4 and two or three PM12s. STASR1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required. STASR3 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes: BOMUT for power and alarm distribution in MBO1T. Circuit breakers are provided in the BOMUT for isolating the DC supply from the XIOB, HEX4, STASRs and one Power Distribution Units HEX4 on the inside of the door Document holder in the cover of the battery box Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the right bottom side.
4.1.20 MBO1E
MBOE1 is designed to house AC/DC power equipment. All external cables enter the MBO1E at bottom plate. AC mains power is applied to the ACDUE located at the left lower side of the MBO1E compartment. The ACDUE provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. The ACDUE provides also AC distribution, AC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Behind the ACDUE optional modules (e.g., microwaves) or batteries are installed. There is a specific battery box which contains two batteries in an upper and two batteries in a lower block. All batteries are connected in series. A secong battery branch can be installed on top of the first one. To the right of the batteries and the optional modules, a rack frame is installed which contains three STASRs and the power supply subrack. STASR1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required. STASR3 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes:
419 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
BOMUE for power and alarm distribution in MBO1E/MBOEE. Circuit breakers are provided in the BOMUE for isolating the DC supply from the XIOB, HEX8/HEX9 or DAC8/DAC9, STASRs and the Power Distribution Unit HEX9/DAC9 on the inside of the door HEAT2 on the bottom plate of MBO1E rack Document holder in the cover of the battery box Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the side frame Door alarm override key switch (part of BOMUE) Service light, AC power socket, and smoke detector at the top Flood detector on the floor.
4.1.21 MBO1EDC
MBO1EDC is designed to house DC power equipment. All external cables enter the MBO1EDC at bottom of the rack. DC mains power is applied to the DCDUE located at the left lower side of the MBO1EDC compartment. The DCDUE provides DC distribution inside the cabinets. It contains DC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays. Behind DCDUE optional modules (e.g., microwaves) can be installed. To the right of the empty area and the optional modules, a rack frame is installed which contains three STASRs. STASR1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required. STASR3 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI and COAR functions and provides connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor plug SENSP, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes: BOMUE for power and alarm distribution in MBO1EDC/MBOEEDC. Circuit breakers are provided in the BOMUE for isolating the DC supply from the XIOB, HEX8/HEX9, STASRs and the Power Distribution Unit HEX9 on the inside of the door HEATDC on the bottom plate of MBO1EDC rack Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the side frame Door alarm override key switch (part of BOMUE) Service light DC and smoke detector at the top Flood detector on the floor.
420 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.22 MBOE
An MBOE holds four STASRs. The top subrack (STASR0) can be used for optional 19 units. The bottom subrack (STASR4) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs each. STASR5 above contains a mixture of ANC and ANY modules as required. STASR6 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. Other equipment includes: HEX3 on the inside of the door HEAT2 at the bottom on the right side frame Door alarm switch on the side frame RF lightning protectors in the roof Service light and an AC power socket at the top.
421 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.23 MBOEDC
An MBOE holds three STASRs. STASR0 use was cancelled. In the free space above STASR6, optional 19 equipment can be fitted. The bottom subrack (STASR4) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs each. STASR5 above contains a mixture of ANC and ANY modules as required. STASR6 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. Other equipment includes: HEX3 on the inside of the door HEATDC at the bottom on the right side frame Door alarm switch on the side frame RF lightning protectors in the roof Service light at the top.
4.1.24 MBOEE
An MBOEE holds three STASRs and optional equipment. The bottom subrack (STASR4) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs each. STASR5 above contains a mixture of ANC and ANY modules as required. STASR6 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. Other equipment includes: HEX8/DAC8 on the inside of the door HEAT2 on the bottom plate on MBOEE Door alarm switch on the side frame RF lightning protectors in the bottom plate.
4.1.25 MBOEEDC
An MBOEE holds three STASRs and optional equipment. The bottom subrack (STASR4) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs each. STASR5 above contains a mixture of ANC and ANY modules as required. STASR6 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each. Other equipment includes: HEX8 on the inside of the door HEATDC at the bottom on the right side frame Door alarm switch on the side frame RF lightning protectors in the bottom plate Service light at the top.
422 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.1.26 CBO
4.1.26.1 CBO AC Variant
CBO is designed to house two TREs with up to two ANCs and an optional BATS module. Above the STASRs, up to three 19 units can be installed. All external cables enter the CBO at the right side of the cabinet where the cables entry is located. AC mains power is applied to the LPFC located above the cable entry of the CBO cabinet. The LPFC provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. Above the LPFC is the ACUC which provides AC distribution. The ACUC contains AC circuit breakers, a thermostat and an AC power socket. The DCUC, which provides DC distribution, is located above the ACUC. At the top of the rack space is foreseen for options installation. A maximum of three MW units can be installed. The bottom STASR (STASR1) contains the ADAM2, two PM12s, SUMA and up to two TREs and three FANUs. STASR2 above contains the BATS and up to two ANC modules. At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables. Other equipment includes: HEX5 on the inside of the door HEAT3 under the STASR1 Equipment labels on the side panel Door alarm switch on the side frame Degasing filtered holes are foreseen at the top and the bottom of the cabinet Two holes are foreseen at the bottom of the door for water outlet from HEX5.
423 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
424 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
BTS Compartment 1 Hinged Outer Roof Subrack Mounting Rail BTS Compartment 2 Lifting Ring Inner Roof (flat on CODE/CODI) Bolt and Washer
Interconnection Panel
Cable Entry Plate COME/COMI: Perforated Panel, carries COAR CODE/CODI: Part of Panel, carries COAR and RIBATs
Guiding Channel Antenna Connectors Plinth Side Panel Cabinets joined by four M8 Bolts. Guiding Channel used for tool ac cess from side of cabinet
Removable Panel
425 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Side panel
426 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
427 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
428 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
429 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
430 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.2.6.1 Construction
Each BTS A9100 compartment consists of a box-shaped frame bolted to a plinth. Other components are added to this basic construction, as required. Two or three compartments are bolted together. The method of joining the cabinets is different for each variant. One COME/COMI variant uses joining brackets fixed to the sides and bottom of the cabinet frame. Another COME/COMI variant and CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E use four M8 bolts in the corners of the cabinet with guiding channels at the rear of the cabinet to help locate the fixing tool and bolts. The COME/COMI side compartment and BTS Compartment 1 are separated by perforated panels which prevents RF interference from entering the side compartment. Similar panels are used in CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO2 but only as a structural element and support for COAR and RIBATs (CODE/CODI) or OUTC (CPT2/MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E). The space between BTS Compartments 1 and 2 is open. Each compartment has a separate rear panel. In the COME/CODE, the side compartment and BTS Compartment 2 each have a side panel. In the COMI/CODI/CPT2, the side compartment and BTS Compartment 1 each have a side panel. In the MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T, the compartment has two side panels. In the MBO2/MBO2DC, MBO1/MBO1DC and MBOE/MBOEDC have a side panel each.
4.2.6.2 Roof
The outer roof of each compartment can be raised at the front and unhinged at the rear for removal. This reveals an inner roof (flat on CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBOx/MBOxDC/MBOxE) and four lifting rings. Each outer roof must be removed, in turn, from right to left. On MBOx/MBOxDC roofs, a label warns to lift the top cover with care in windy conditions.
4.2.6.3 Door
All the BTS A9100 cabinets can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall configurations. Access to each compartment is via a door at the front. The door provides both an environmental and EMC seal when closed. Mounted on the inside of the door is a HEXx. Above (COME/COMI/CBO) or under (CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E) the HEXx is a latch mechanism for keeping the door open during maintenance. Each door contains a door lock opened by a key. Each door presses an electronic switch. All door switches are serially connected. In the side compartment or MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1E compartment, there is another mounted electronic switch, the so-called door alarm override switch, which uses the same key as the side compartment or MBO/MBODC compartment door lock. It ensures that non-authorized opening of the doors leads to an alarm. Not less than 0.8 m free space must be left in front of the cabinet doors, and 0.1 or 0.2 m at the side and back.
4.2.6.4 Subracks
The subracks are secured to two vertical mounting rails. The rails are positioned on the left and right sides of each compartment. Refer to Standard Telecommunications Subrack (Section 6) and AC Power Subracks (Section 7) for detailed information on STASR, SRACDC, and ACSR, respectively.
431 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
432 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.2.6.17 Extensibility
The BTS cabinet COMI can be extended on site to COME by adding an additional BTS cabinet COEP at the right hand side. The same applies to extend a CODI to a CODE by adding a COEP. An MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1E/MBO1EDC cabinet can be extended on site to MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E/MBO2EDC by adding an MBOE/MBOEDC/MBOEE/MBOEEDC. MBO1T cabinet is not extendible.
433 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
COAR Ground
COAR
Figure 235: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel The interconnection panel carries the components listed in the following table. COME/ COMI X CODE/ CODI -
Components Two filter connectors to provide 230 VAC power for HEAT2, service light and AC power socket in BTS compartment 1. 0/ -48 V power distribution Two filters with M6 bolt connectors for DC power distribution by the DCDP or One filter with one M6 bolt connector (-48 VDC) and one M6 bolt (0 VDC) for DC power distribution by the BOBU. One Feed through terminal HDFKV25 (-48 VDC) and one M6 bolt (0 VDC) for DC power distribution. M8 ground bolt. Connectors for RIBAT1 and RIBAT2. Status and control signals via the COAR. Table 32: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel Components
X X
X X
434 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
XGPS
Abis 4
Abis 3
Figure 236: COME/COMI COAR Front View The shaded areas in the above figure identify separate external interface groups. All these interfaces are overvoltage protected.
435 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
X303 XI1724 XGND XRT External Clock Interface Group XCLK2 In/Out XCLK1 In XCLK1 Out Abis 4 XGPS Equipment Labels XBCB
Abis 3
436 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
HEX Power
ALARM BTS2
ALARM BTS1
SUM
ABIS2
Figure 238: BTS A9100 Outdoor COAR Rear View Located behind the COAR (BTS compartment 1 side) is the XIOB. The XIOB is connected to the COAR and contains a 24 V DC/DC converter and interface circuitry for external alarms. The COAR provides interfaces for: XIO External clock Abis Miscellaneous connections.
ABIS1
ABIS 1+2
ABIS 3+4
437 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.4.1 XIO
The XIO connectors allow various alarm devices to be connected to the BTS A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as electro-mechanical switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used on the XIO connectors. The positions of the XIO connectors are shown in Figures 236, 237 and 239. The XIO interface connectors are described in the following table. External Alarm Inputs The Ext-Alarms connector provides an interface for three external alarms. These are alarms that are external to the cabinet (for example, an antenna lamp failure alarm) and the inputs are protected by surge arresters. The three external alarms are part of a group of 16 alarms which includes the pre-wired smoke detector, door switches, etc. The 16 alarms are reported to the OMC-R via the SUM. At the OMC-R, the alarms are mapped to predefined and customer-defined ASCII text. The ASCII text describes the particular alarm. Each external alarm input has two adjacent pins associated with it on the Ext-Alarms connector. If these pins are open-circuit (open loop), an alarm is generated. Connector XI17-24 provides an interface for connecting eight additional non-BTS alarm inputs. Each additional alarm is reported to the OMC-R via the SUM. At the OMC-R, the additional alarms are mapped to customer-defined ASCII text. The ASCII text describes the particular alarm. Each additional alarm input has two adjacent pins associated with it on the XI17-24 connector. If these pins are open circuit (open loop), an alarm is generated. Connector X300 provides an interface for the SUM to control eight external alarm devices. This feature is for future use. The SUM is described in Station Unit Modules (Section 8). Connector X303 provides a + 24 VDC power source for external alarm devices that require a power supply. Connector X112 provides a + 5 VDC power source for RIBAT. The XGND connector is used when referencing the external alarm 24 VDC ground to the BTS A9100 ground. If the connector pins are not short-circuited (open loop), the input and output alarms are isolated from the BTS A9100 ground.
+ 24 VDC Supply
+ 5 VDC Supply
XGND
438 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Pre-wired Internal Alarm Door alarm* Door alarm over-ride Smoke detector alarm Float detector alarm Heat exchange. alarm*
Side Compartment X X
X***
X***
X **
Table 34: BTS A9100 Outdoor Pre-wired Internal Alarms * These alarms are serially linked and reported as only one alarm in case of multi-failure. ** When equipped (more than six TREs). *** For MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO2/MBO2DC only.
439 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
440 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Alarm Description Alarm Number 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 XIO Input 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Alarm Class 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Alarm Connection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Alarm Generation Inside (*) Inside (*) Inside (*) Inside (*) Inside (*) Inside (*) Inside
Table 36: BTS A9100 Outdoor External Alarm Inputs (*) Provisions for REK: Masthead Amplification Box and Power Distribution Unit alarms (not for CPT2).
HEX2 This is the 0/ -48 VDC power supply from the DCDP or BOBU (COME/COMI (depending on COME/COMI variant). only) Table 37: BTS A9100 Outdoor Miscellaneous Connections Interface
441 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
DC
IN
External
ALARM OUTPUTS
ALARM INPUTS
EXT ALARMS
SUN CONNECTION
XBCB
External Input/
XRT
Output Interface
SIDE COMPARTMENT ALARMS COMPARTMENT 1 ALARMS External Clock XCLK 1 IN Interface Group XCLK 1 OUT
KRONE CONNECT
XGPS
Group
ABIS4
ABIS3
ABIS 3&4
ABIS2
Abis
ABIS 1&2
Interface Group
ABIS1
ABIS 1 Remote Inventory Part FLAT CABLE COMPARTMENT 1 FLAT CABLE SIDE COMPARTMENT
ABIS 2
TEMP. SENSOR
RIBAT Port
442 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
All the functions of these four boards are kept except for the following: The output voltage provided on the external output connector is 12 V instead of 24 V. The current per output is limited to 50 mA instead of 100 mA. No galvanic isolation between external inputs/outputs and the BTS. The Power Architecture of the OUTC is different from that of the earlier boards (see the following figure). Each part of the board is powered by the power supply of the OUTC, even the BTSRI, RIBAT and BCB parts of the XIOB. On the earlier boards, these parts are only supplied via the BCB_VCC.
DC DC
VCC12 5V VCC_BRI XBCB_VCC VCC5.5
48/ 60V
Linear Regulator
Linear Regulator
BCB_VCC
VCC
Temp Sensor VDD SUM
XBCB
NGTSL
RIBAT Part
NGTSL1 ...2 ...3
BTSRI Part
VCC_BRI
Driver
XIOB Part
NGTSL
BCB_VCC
BCB_VCC_BP
443 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.5.1.1 Abis
The Abis part provides the external interfaces for four separate Abis links (Abis 1 ... Abis 4). The interface consists of the connectors described in BTS A9100 Abis Interface Connectors (11). The KRONE Strip Connector also provides the possibility to monitor the Abis links. Therefore the overvoltage insert has to be pulled out and has to be replaced by a special monitor insert. The interconnection between the SUMA and the OUTC consists of the following cables: Abis 1, 2 cable The Abis cable is a four pair, RF shielded cable. It is a 120 cable which is used if the external Abis cables have 120 or 75 . The needed impedance conversion is realized on the OUTC itself. Abis 3, 4 cable The Abis cable is a four pair, RF shielded cable. It is a 120 cable which is used if the external Abis cables have 120 or 75 . The needed impedance conversion is realized on the OUTC itself. OUTC-SUM cable The OUTC-SUM cable is a flat cable with 37 wires. It is equipped on the SUMA side with a Sub-D connector of 37-pins/male, on the OUTC side with a Sub-D connector of 37-pins/female.
444 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
445 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.5.2 BTSRI
The BTS Remote Inventory part of the OUTC is used to store basic information about a BTS in non-volatile memory. Flat cables from compartment 1 and side compartment or MBO1/MBO2 are connected to the BTSRI. The mounting position of the flat cables are located on the bottom of the OUTC (see Figure 239). The following figure shows the block diagram of the BTSRI.
B C B p l u s Reset Circuit B C B p l u s Protection Overcurrent
BCB Driver
NGTSL
EEPROM
BCB_VCC_BP
Figure 241: Block Diagram of BTSRI The heart of the BTSRI is an NGTSL-ASIC. An EEPROM is used as memory (256 x 16 bits). A reset circuit (MAX 811) is used to reset the ASIC at power on. The BTSRI is either powered via the flat cable (BCB_VCC_BP, provided by the SUMA) or via the power supply of the OUTC board. An overcurrent protection protects the BCB_VCC_BP line. The access to this board can be established via the BCB bus. There are two possibilities to establish a link to the BTSRI: If the BTS is in traffic, the SUM can use the BCB bus as the interface to the BTSRI If the BTS is unpowered, the BTSRI can be accessed by an external tool via the XBCB- (and BCB-) bus. Then the external tool provides the necessary power supply. This feature is used only at factory level. The subrack number is coded on the flat cable with holes. Five wires are reserved on the cable for that purpose. Up to six subracks can be coded which corresponds to the large outdoor configuration.
446 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.5.3 XIOB
The External Alarm Input and Output Board (XIOB) is used as the interface between the external environment and the BTS. The board provides 16 BTS alarm inputs and eight alarm outputs. These alarms are described in the tables BTS A9100 Outdoor Interface Connectors (33) to BTS A9100 Outdoor External Alarm Inputs (36). The XIOB functions are integrated in the OUTC. The following figure shows the block diagram of the XIOB.
48V in 12 VDC 5 VDC Overcurrent Protection EEPROM 12 VDC 12V out
BCB VCC
BCB BUS
Bus Driver
NGTSL
Alarm Inputs
NGTSL
EBCB_VCC
EBCB_SP
XBCB_BUS
Figure 242: Block Diagram of the XIOB Three NGTSLs are used; each NGTSL handles eight alarm inputs. The first NGTSL also controls eight outputs and the EEPROM, which is used to store the remote inventory data of the XIOB. The third NGTSL can be used to pull the alarm inputs to the active or inactive status for test purposes. It is possible to pull the alarm inputs with software on active or inactive level in order to check them. Alarm test 0 pulls all inputs to the inactive status and alarm test 1 pulls all inputs to the active status. The alarm inputs use comparators to detect an alarm. Open alarm inputs are regarded as active. A current of approximately 1 mA flows from the alarm input to ground if the alarm input is pulled to ground. An alarm line must stay longer than 1 ms in the active status in order to be detected as active. The alarm outputs use Darlington transistor arrays with open collectors. No galvanic isolation is provided between inputs/outputs to the BTS. One common ground (GND) is used within the BTS including inputs and outputs.
447 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
The DC/DC converter is switched on if the BCB_VCC (powered by the SUMA) is available. An overcurrent protection protects the BCB_VCC line. A 12 VDC power supply is used to supply input and output circuitry. This power supply can be used to supply relays that can be switched with the outputs. An XBCB interface provides access to the internal base station control bus (BCB): If the BTS is powered, then the interface can be used to control external devices If the BTS is unpowered, the XBCB can be powered externally. Then the direction of the interface is changed so that it can be used for remote inventory of the BTS. This feature is used only at factory level. The signal levels are according to RS-485. An ABTE 16246 is used as the internal BCB driver.
448 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.5.4 RIBAT
The RIBAT board is part of the battery, but physically integrated in the OUTC. Its task is to measure the battery temperature and to provide the OMU with the temperature value and the battery Remote Inventory information which includes the information of the battery type. Knowledge of the temperature value is necessary for charging. The board contains a BCB interface to transfer the information. The RIBAT is supplied from the BTS not from the batteries. The power consumption is about 30 mA. The operating temperature range of the board is 0 C to 70 C. The connection and addressing differs for different configurations. The following figure shows the RIBAT block diagram.
Remote Supply Voltage Input Fixed address 0000 0011 1100 0001 (JC1 hqx ) NGTSL
BCB
D A RI EEPROM
Temperature Sensor
Figure 243: RIBAT Block Diagram The board consists of an NGTSL which is the terminal for the ISL data link, the Remote Inventory EEPROM including the Remote Inventory information, and the analog part for temperature measuring. The analog part includes signal conditioning and an ADC to digitize the temperature value. An external PT100 temperature sensor is connected to the analog part. The ADC outputs are connected directly to the NGTSL alarm inputs. Power supply is provided remotely either via the BCB_VCC_BP or the internal power supply of the OUTC. The internal battery of the outdoor BTS is located inside a side compartment. The RIBAT is connected to the BCB via a flat band cable coming from the backplane. The battery temperature range which can be measured is between -10 C and 70 C. This range is extended against the operating temperature range of the batteries (0 C to 50 C) and the minimum operating temperature range of the RIBAT to submit high or low temperature alarms. The measurement resolution is 0.5 C. Values below -10 C means a short cut at the temperature sensor. Values above 70 C means a not-connected or interrupted sensor.
449 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.1 COME/COMI
For the COME/COMI there exist two different power supply systems, one based on PM08s with BCU1 and another one based on PM11s with BCU2. Certain elements are common for both variants. The AC input is connected to the ACSB via the optional electricity meter. The ACSB contains lightning overvoltage protectors, input supply fuses, and circuit breakers for AC power distribution. The AC input can be 230 VAC 1 or 415 VAC 3. The switched outputs from the ACSB are 230 VAC 1. These are used for: HEAT2s Service light and AC power sockets SRACDC or ACSR. The COME/COMI is grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the side compartment plinth. From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
450 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
ACIB
Control Alarms
To/From FANUs
Shunt DC Bus
0 VDC 48 VDC
Shunt SRACDC
BACO
BU41
Figure 244: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM08s and BCU1 The SRACDC contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to ACIB (Section 12.1) and PM08 (Section 12.12) for detailed descriptions of the ACIB and the PM08s, respectively. Three PM08s are used in the COMI; five PM08s are used in the COME. Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer to BCU1 (Section 12.16), BACO (Section 12.18) and BU41 (Section 12.24) for detailed descriptions of the BCU1, and the optional BACO and BU41, respectively. The DC supply produced in the SRACDC is connected to the DCDP via the interconnection panel. Refer to DCDP (Section 12.30) for a detailed description of the DCDP.
451 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Control Alarms
To/From FANUs
Shunt DC Bus
0 VDC 48 VDC
Shunt ACSR
BAC2
BU41 or BU100
Figure 245: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM11s and BCU2 The ACSR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM11 (Section 12.13) for a detailed description of the PM11s. Three PM11s are used in the COMI; four PM11s are used in the COME Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer to BCU2 (Section 12.17), BAC2 (Section 12.19), BU41 (Section 12.24), and BU100 (Section 12.25) for detailed descriptions of the BCU2, and the optional BAC2 and BU41 or BU100, respectively. The DC supply produced in the ACSR is connected to the BOBU via the interconnection panel. The ACSB used in combination with PM11s is slightly different from the ACSB used in combination with PM08s. In Figure 245 the ACSB distributes the AC input directly to the PM11s and the ACSB executes the functions normally performed by the ACIB.
452 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.2 CODE/CODI/CPT2
The CODE/CODI/CPT2 power supply system differs from that of COME/COMI because it is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA. The following figures show the power supply system for the CODE/CODI/CPT2. AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the side compartment. The LPFU provides overvoltage lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed description of the LPFU, refer to LPFU (Section 12.5)). The AC input can be 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3 . AC power is then passed to the ACSU located at the top of the side compartment. The ACSU provides AC distribution via seven AC circuit breakers. The switched outputs from the ACSU are used for: Two or three PM12s HEAT2s and optional air conditioning Service Light and AC power sockets. For a detailed description of the ACSU, refer to ACSU (Section 12.9). The CODE/CODI/CPT2 are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the side compartment plinth. From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
AC Input LPFU ACSU AC to Heaters, Service Light and AC Power Sockets
PM12/3
PM12/2
PM12/1
STASR
453 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
The STASR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a detailed description of the PM12s. Three PM12s are used in the CODE/CODI/CPT2. The operation of the PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer to ADAM (Section 12.21), BU41 (Section 12.24) and BU100 (Section 12.25) for detailed descriptions of ADAM and the batteries BU41, BU100 and BU101. The DC supply produced in the STASR is connected to the BOSU and BOBU via the interconnection panel. A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
454 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.3 MBO1/MBO2
The MBO1/MBO2 power supply system differs from that of COME/COMI because it is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA. The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1 and MBO2. AC mains power is applied to the LPFM located at the upper side of the MBO1 compartment. The LPFM provides overvoltage lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed description of the LPFM, refer to LPFM (Section 12.4)). The AC input can be 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3 . AC power is then passed to the ACMU located at the top of the MBO1 compartment. The ACMU provides AC distribution via five AC circuit breakers. The switched outputs from the ACMU are used for: Two to four PM12s in combination with ADAM4 HEAT2s and optional air conditioning Service Light and AC power sockets. For a detailed description of the ACMU, refer to ACMU (Section 12.7). The MBO1/MBOE are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the left upper side of the MBO1 (near LPFM). From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
AC Input LPFM ACMU AC to Heaters, Service Light and AC Power Sockets
PM12/4*
PM12/3*
PM12/2
PM12/1
STASR
455 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
The STASR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a detailed description of the PM12s. Two or three PM12s are used in the MBO1; three or four PM12s are used in the MBO2. The operation of the PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer to ADAM4 (Section 12.23) and BU101 (Section 12.26) for detailed descriptions of ADAM4 and the BU101 battery. The DC supply produced in the STASR is connected to the BOMU via ADAM4. A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
4.6.4 MBO1DC/MBO2DC
The MBO1DC/MBO2DC power supply system differs from that of COME/COMI because it is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA. The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1 and MBO2. DC mains power is applied to the DC In filters located at the upper side of the MBO1DC compartment. DC power is then passed to the DCMU located at the top of the MBO1DC compartment. The DCMU provides DC distribution via four DC circuit breakers. The switched outputs from the DCMU are used for: BTS compartments HEATDCs and optional air conditioning Service Light. For a detailed description of the DCMU, refer to DCMU (Section 12.33). The MBO1DC/MBOEDC are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the left upper side of the MBO1DC. From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
DC Input DC Filter DCMU DC to Heaters and Service Light
Figure 248: MBO1DC/MBO2DC Power Supply System The DC supply is connected to the BOMU via the DCMU. A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
456 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.5 MBO1T
MBO1T is derived from MBO1 by reducing the used equipment. The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1T. AC mains power is applied to the LPFMT located at the upper side of the MBO1T compartment. The LPFMT provides overvoltage lightning protection for the AC supply line and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed description of the LPFMT, refer to LPFMT (Section 12.3)). The AC input is 230 VAC 1. AC power is then passed to the ACMUT located at the top of the MBO1T1 compartment. The ACMUT provides AC distribution via one AC circuit breaker. The switched outputs from the ACMUT are used for two to three PM12s in combination with ADAM4. For a detailed description of the ACMUT, refer to ACMUT (Section 12.8). The MBO1T is grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the left upper side of the MBO1T (near LPFMT). From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
AC Input LPFCT ACMUT
PM12/3*
PM12/2
PM12/1
STASR
Figure 249: MBO1T AC/DC Power Supply System The STASR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a detailed description of the PM12s. Two or three PM12s are used in the MBO1T. The operation of the PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer to ADAM (Section 12.21) and BU101 (Section 12.26) for detailed descriptions of ADAM and the BU101 battery. The DC supply produced in the PM12 and is connected to the BOMUT via ADAM4. A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
457 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.6 MBO1E/MBO2E
The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1E and MBO2E. AC mains power is applied to the ACDUE located at the lower side of the MBO1E compartment (for a detailed description of the ACDUE, refer to ACDUE (Section 12.6)). The AC input can be 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3 . AC power is then passed to the switching block located at the middle part of ACDUE. The switching block provides AC distribution via five AC circuit breakers. The switched outputs are used for: One to three PM18 rectifiers supervised by PM18 controller HEAT2s Service Light and AC power socket. The MBO1E/MBOEE are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the left lower side of the MBO1E (near the front left fixing point). From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
AC Input ACDUE LP Filter ACDUE Switching AC to Heaters, Service Light and AC Power Sockets
PM18/3
PM18/2
PM18/1
458 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
The PM18SR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/ -48 VDC. Refer to PM18 (Section 12.15) for a detailed description of the PM18s. One or two PM18s are used in the MBO1E; two or three PM18s are used in the MBO2E. The operation of the PM18s is controlled by the PM18 controller Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The sense data is passed to the controller. Refer to PM18 (Section 12.15) and BU101 (Section 12.26) for detailed descriptions of PM18 and the BU101 battery. The DC supply produced in the PM18 power supply subrack and is connected to the BOMUE. A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
4.6.7 MBO1EDC/MBO2EDC
The MBO1EDC/MBO2EDC power supply system is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA. The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1EDC and MBO2DC. DC mains power is applied to the DC In clamps located in the DCDUE at the lower side of the MBO1EDC compartment. DC power is then passed to the DC In filter located at the bottom of the MBO1EDC compartment. The DCDUE provides DC distribution via four DC circuit breakers. The switched outputs from the DCMU are used for: BTS compartments Service Light HEATDCs and optional air conditioning. For a detailed description of the DCDUE, refer to DCDUE (Section 12.32). The MBO1EDC/MBOEEDC are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 bolt fitted to the left lower side of the MBO1EDC. From there, separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
DC Input DC Filter DCDUE DC to Heaters and Service Light
Figure 251: MBO1EDC/MBO2EDC Power Supply System The DC supply is connected to the BOMUE via the DCDUE.
459 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
A specific installation set can be used to connect the DC power of the bus bar via external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon lightning, etc...
4.6.8 CBO
4.6.8.1 CBO AC Variant
The CBO power supply system is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA. The following figure shows the power supply system for the CBO. AC mains power is applied to the LPFC located above the cables entry compartment. The LPFC provides overvoltage lightning protection for the AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed description of the LPFC, refer to LPFC (Section 12.2)). The AC input is 230 VAC 1. AC power is then passed to the ACUC located above the LPFC. The ACUC provides AC distribution via two AC circuit breakers. The switched outputs from the ACUC are used for: Two PM12s in combination with ADAM2 HEAT3 AC power socket. For a detailed description of the ACUC, refer to ACUC (Section 12.10). The CBO is grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 socket fitted to the right upper side of the cables entry. From there, separate ground straps are used to ground all equipment modules.
AC Input LPFC ACUC AC to Heater and AC Power Sockets
STASR PM12/2
DC Bus
OMU
Figure 252: CBO AC Variant Power Supply System The STASR contains the modules that: Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section 12.14) for a detailed description of the PM12s. Two PM12s are used in the CBO. The operation of the PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU. Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer to ADAM2 (Section 12.22) and BATS (Section 12.28) for detailed descriptions of ADAM2 and the BATS battery. The DC supply produced in the PM12 is connected to the DCUC via ADAM2. Refer to DCUC (Section 12.34) for a detailed description of DCUC.
460 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
461 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.6.9.2 CBO
For CBO AC variant with the ACUC, a permanent connection is maintained up to -33 C. When switched on at minus temperature, both the HEAT3 and AC/DC are powered in time in order to warm up the cabinet to above 0 C. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUM switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational. The HEAT3 prevents the internal cabinet temperature from dropping below 0 C.
4.6.9.3 CBO DC
For CBO DC variant with theDCUC, a permanent connection is maintained up to -33 C. When switched on at minus temperature, both the HEAT4 and DC are powered in time in order to warm up the cabinet to above 0 C. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUM switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational. The HEAT4 prevents the internal cabinet temperature from dropping below 0 C.
4.6.9.4 MBO1T
As MBO1T is designed to be used in tropical areas only cooling facilities are implemented by HEX4 unit.
4.6.9.5 MBODC/MBOxEDC
With the DCMU/DCDUE, a permanent connection is maintained up to -33 C. When switched on at minus temperature, the HEATDC is powered in order to warm up the cabinet to above 0 C. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUM switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational. The HEATDC prevents the internal cabinet temperature from dropping below 0 C.
462 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Antenna Connectors
463 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CA-ACSC
3BK 08078
CA-ADCO
3BK 07953
CA-APC2
3BK 08215
CA-ASMC
3BK 08807
464 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
COME Mnemonic CA-ONCCx Description CA-ONCCx carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the bus bar TX/RX from the Connection Area Abis 1/2 Interfaces from the SUM. The cable connects to the customer equipment in BTS compartment 1. CA-OSCP1 CA-OSCP1 short circuits the HEX2 P1 connector of CA-ACSC. This suppresses the side compartment HEX2 alarm. The side compartment HEX2 is only fitted in the COME when there are more than six TREs. CA-OSCP2 short circuits the Alarms BTS2 connector on the COAR. This suppresses the BTS compartment 2 HEX2 and door switch alarms. BTS compartment 2 is part of COME. CS02 is an AN cable set. It connects an ANY to another ANY or to an ANX/ANC. CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to an ANX/ANC or an ANY. CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANX/ANC to two antenna cabinet connectors. CS08 is the customer equipment cable set. It connects a BTS to the microwave equipment and other customer equipment. CS09 is a BTS compartment 1 basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX2 and XIOB Signal connections to the SUM. This includes the Abis1 and Abis2 Interfaces, clock, control and alarm signals. 3BK 08095 X Part Number COMI X COEP -
CA-OSCP2
3BK 08096
CS02
3BK 07598
CS03
3BK 07599
CS07
3BK 07964
CS08
3BK 08036
CS09
3BK 08037
465 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
COME Mnemonic CS10 Description CS10 is an optional cable set. It provides the 0/ -48 VDC supply for the side compartment HEX2. The side compartment HEX2 is only fitted in the COME when there are more than six TREs. CS11 is the BTS compartment 2 basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs and HEX2 Signal connections between the STASRs. CS12 CS12 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to ANY. 3BK 08041 X Part Number 3BK 08042 COMI COEP X
CS11
3BK 08040
466 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
BTSRIOUT
3BK 08126
CA-ADCO
3BK 07953
CA-ONCCx
CS07
CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects 3BK 07964 an ANX/ANC to two antenna cabinet connectors. CS08 is the customer equipment cable set. It connects a BTS to the microwave equipment and other customer equipment. CS11 is the BTS compartment 2 basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs and HEX2 Signal connections between the STASRs. 3BK 08036
CS08
CS11
3BK 08040
467 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CODE Mnemonic CS15 Description CS15 is a BTS compartment 1 basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX2 and XIOB Signal connections to the SUM. This includes the Abis1 and Abis2 Interfaces, clock, control and alarm signals. CS16 CS16 is a side compartment basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the HEX2 Signal connections to the SUM. This includes control and alarm signals. Table 42: CODI/CODE/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables 3BK 08775 X Part Number 3BK 08719 CODI X COEP -
468 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CS03
3BK 07599
CS07
3BK 07964
CS15
3BK 08719
469 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CM01
3BK 25818
470 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Mnemonic CMO11*
Description CM011 is an MBO1DC basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX4 and OUTC Signal connections to the SUM. This includes the Abis1 and Abis2 Interfaces, clock, control and alarm signals SENSP Remote inventory data.
MBO1 X
MBO2 X
CMO1T**
CMO1T is an MBO1T basic cable set. It contains cables for: DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX4 and OUTC Signal connections to the SUM. This includes the Abis1 and Abis2 Interfaces, clock, control and alarm signals Remote inventory data.
3BK 27142
CS03
CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to an ANC or an ANY. CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANC to two antenna cabinet connectors.
: Available only for MBODC : Available only for MBO1T
3BK 07599
CS07
3BK 07964
* **
471 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Mnemonic CS03
Description CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to an ANC or an ANY. CS26 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANC to two antenna cabinet connectors.
CS26
3BK 26351
472 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
CA-BABRP
3BK 25140
CA-BRCM
3BK 25246
CA-BRCP
3BK 25245
CA-BSENS
3BK 08119
BATCO Version AB
CA-CBRM
3BK 25868
CA-CBRP
3BK 25869
CA-BRCM
3BK 25246
CA-BRCP
3BK 25245
CA-BSENS
3BK 08119
BATSC
CA-PDCP
3BK 25231
CA-ADACM
3BK 25248
CM01
BOMU
3BK 25672
473 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Cable Sets
Mnemonic CA-BRCP
Description CA-BRCP connects 0 VDC from the battery breaker to battery interconnection area. The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR (OUTC) to the SUM. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR (OUTC) and the SUM. Remote Inventory Multistandard Out cable. RIMO1 transfers remote inventory data of MBO1 modules to OUTC.
Quantity 1
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CMO1T
CA-RIMO1
3BK 25822
CA-Ground
CA-Ground is a cabinet ground cable. It connects LPFM to a ground bolt. CA-BRCP connects 0 VDC from the battery breaker to battery interconnection area. The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR (OUTC) to the SUM. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR (OUTC) and the SUM. The CA-OSCP4 short circuits the Alarms BTS2 connector on the OUTC. This suppresses the MBO2 HEX3 and door switch alarms. Remote Inventory Multistandard Evolution Out cable. RIC1 transfers remote inventory data of MBO1E modules to OUTC.
3BK 25182
CA-BRCP
3BK 25245
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CA-OSCP4
3BK 272003
CM01E
CA-RIC1
3BK 27319
CA-XBCBPS CA-XBCBPS carries alarm and Remote Inventory information from the PM18C to the OUTC. CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR (OUTC) to the SUM. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR (OUTC) and the SUM. Power cable outdoor for upper subracks (MBO2).
3BK 27318
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CM02
CA-PCOS
CA-PCOS
CA-HOAP
HEX outdoor alarm and power cable. The CA-HOAP connects HEX3 and BOMU transferring DC power and alarms.
474 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Cable Sets
Mnemonic CA-RIMO2
Description Remote Inventory Multistandard Out cable. CA-RIMO2 transfers remote inventory data of MBO2 modules to OUTC.
Quantity 1
CM02E
CA-PCOS
Power cable outdoor for upper subracks (MBO2E). HEX outdoor alarm and power cable. The CA-HOAP connects HEX3 and BOMU transferring DC power and alarms.
CA-HOAP
CA-RIC2
Remote Inventory Multistandard Out Evolution cable. CA-RIC2 transfers remote inventory data of MBO2E modules to OUTC.
3BK 27320
CMO11
BOMU
Bus bar Outdoor Multistandard Unit. BOBU carries DC power supplies to the STASRs, XIOB, HEX3/ HEX4, HEATDC, service lights, customer and microwave equipment. BOBU transfers alarms from the HEX3/ HEX4, smoke detector, flood detector, and door switches to the OUTC.
3BK 25672
CA-RIMO1
Remote Inventory Multistandard Out cable. RIMO1 transfers remote inventory data of MBO1DC modules to OUTC.
3BK 25822
CA-SENSP CA-ABIS
Temperature sensor plug. The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR (OUTC) to the SUM. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR (OUTC) and the SUM. RXRC connects an ANY RX connector to an ANX/ANC or another ANY RX connector. TXRC connects an ANY TX connector to an ANX/ANC or another ANY TX connector. RXRC connects a TRE RX connector to an ANY or ANX/ANC RX connector. TXRC connects a TRE TX connector to an ANY or ANX/ANC TX connector. ANOC provides a duplex connection between the ANX/ANC and a cabinet antenna connector.
1 1
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CS02
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS03
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS07
ANOC
3BK 07965
475 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Mnemonic CA-DFUX
Description CA-DFUX carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces to the SUM. CA-GCMW is a cabinet ground cable. It connects the microwave equipment to ground. CA-MXBP carries 0/ -48 VDC from the bus bar. The cable connects to the microwave equipment in BTS compartment 1. CA-RFMW carries the TX/RX to the bottom plate of the BTS. CA-2MMC2 carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces to the SUM. CA-GCMW is a cabinet ground cable. It connects the microwave equipment to ground. CA-MLBP carries 0/ -48 VDC from the bus bar. The cable connects to the microwave equipment in BTS compartment 1. CA-RFMW carries the TX/RX to the bottom plate of the BTS. CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR to the SUM. CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR and the SUM. H2PC1 carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 HEX2. CA-OSPC carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP to an STASR. CA-XBCBO carries alarm and Remote Inventory information from the ACRI to the COAR. CA-XIOPC carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP to the XIOB. Cable Assembly - HEX2 Power Cable 2 carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP. The cable connects to the COAR. Cable Assembly - HEX2 Power Cable 3 carries 0/ -48 VDC from the HEX Power connector on the COAR. The cable connects to the side compartment HEX2.
Quantity 1
CA-GCMW
3BK 07934
CA-MXBP
3BK 08886
CA-RFMW
3BK 07931
CS08 Variant BB
CA-2MMC2
3BK 08289
CA-GCMW
3BK 07934
CA-MLBP
3BK 08887
CA-RFMW
3BK 07931
CS09
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CA-H2PC1
3BK 08077
CA-OSPC
3BK 08079
CA-XBCBO
3BK 08205
CA-XIOPC
3BK 08087
CS10
CA-H2PC2
3BK 08092
CA-H2PC3
3BK 08093
476 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Mnemonic CA12
Description Cable Assembly 12 is a flat cable that interconnects the BTS compartment 2 STASR backplanes and the BTSRIOUT. Cable Assembly - Alarm Cable BTS2 gathers alarms from BTS compartment 2. This consists of the door switch and HEX2 alarms. The cable connects to the Alarms BTS2 connector on the COAR. CA-H2PC1 carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 2 HEX2. CA-OSPC carries 0/ -48 VDC from the DCDP to an STASR. CA12 is a flat cable that interconnects the BTS compartment 2 STASR backplanes and the BTSRIOUT. CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 2 HEX2.
Quantity 1
CA-ACB2
3BK 08091
CA-H2PC1
3BK 08077
CA-OSPC
3BK 08079
1 of AA, 2 of AB 1
CS11 Variant BA
CA12
3BK 08086
CA-OHAC
3BK 08810
CA-PCOS
Cable Assembly - Power Cable Outdoor Subrack carries 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU to the STASR. The RXRC connects a TRE RX connector to an ANY connector. The TXRC connects a TRE TX connector to an ANY connector. BOBU carries AC and DC power supplies to the STASRs, XIOB, HEX2, HEAT, service lights, customer and microwave equipment. BOBU transfers alarms from the HEX2, smoke detector, flood detector, and door switches to the COAR.
3BK 08809
CS12
RXRC
3BK 07920
TXRC
3BK 07919
CS15 Variant CA
BOBU
3BK 08742
CA-ABIS
The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the COAR to the SUM. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the COAR and the SUM.
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
477 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Cable Sets
Mnemonic CA-OHAC
Description CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 HEX2.
Quantity 1
CS15 Variant DA
BOBU
BOBU carries AC and DC power supplies to the STASRs, XIOB, HEX2, HEAT, service lights, customer and microwave equipment. BOBU transfers alarms from the HEX2, smoke detector, flood detector, and door switches to the OUTC.
3BK 08742
CA-RICPT2
The CA-RICPT2 is a flat cable which is permanently attached to the OUTC board. It interconnects the BTS compartment 1 STASR backplanes and the OUTC. CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 (CPT2) HEX2.
3BK 25538
CA-OHAC
3BK 08810
CS16 Variant AA
BOSU
BOSU carries AC and DC power supplies to the HEX2, HEAT, service lights, and ASCB/ACSU. BOSU transfers alarms from the HEX2, key and door switch to the COAR.
3BK 08741
CA-Ground1 CA-Ground1 is a cabinet ground cable. It connects the ACSB to a ground bolt. CA-Ground2 CA-Ground2 is a cabinet ground cable. It connects between two ground bolts. CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 HEX2. CA-XBCBO CA-XBCBO carries alarm and Remote Inventory information from the BCU2 to the COAR.
3BK 08118
3BK 08117
3BK 08810
3BK 08205
478 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Mnemonic BOSU
Description BOSU carries AC and DC power supplies to the HEX2, HEAT, service lights, and ACSB/ACSU. BOSU transfers alarms from the HEX2, key and door switch to the COAR.
Quantity 1
CA-CSTR
CA-CSTR connects the COAR with RIBAT 1, RIBAT 2 and STASR7. CA-Ground is a cabinet ground cable. It connects the LPFU grounding bolt to the bottom plate. CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU. The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 HEX2.
3BK 25178
CA-Ground
3BK 25182
CA-OHAC
3BK 08810
CA-PDCM
CA-PDCM carries -48 VDC from ADAM to the side wall interconnection area. CA-PDCP carries 0 VDC from ADAM to the side wall interconnection area. CA-ADACM carries -48 VDC from ADAM to the battery interconnection area. CA-ADACP carries 0 VDC from ADAM to the battery interconnection area. BOSU carries AC and DC power supplies to the HEX2, HEAT, service lights, and ACSU. BOSU transfers alarms from the HEX2, key and door switch to the OUTC.
3BK 25232
CA-PDCP
3BK 25231
CA-ADACM
3BK 25248
CA-ADACP
3BK 25247
CS16 Variant DA
BOSU
3BK 08741
CA-Ground
CA-Ground is a cabinet ground cable. It connects the LPFU grounding bolt to the bottom plate. The CA-RICPT1 is a flat cable which is permanently attached to the OUTC board. It interconnects the side compartment STASR backplanes and the OUTC. CA-OHAC carries: 0/ -48 VDC from the BOBU Alarms to the BOBU The cable connects to the BTS compartment 1 HEX2.
3BK 25182
CA-RICPT1
3BK 25537
CA-OHAC
3BK 08810
479 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Cable Sets
Mnemonic CA-PDCM
Description CA-PDCM carries -48 VDC from ADAM/ADAM2 to the side wall interconnection area. CA-PDCP carries 0 VDC from ADAM/ADAM2 to the side wall interconnection area. CA-ADACM carries -48 VDC from ADAM/ADAM2 to the battery interconnection area. CA-ADACP carries 0 VDC from ADAM/ADAM2 to the battery interconnection area. The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1 /2 Interfaces from the OUTC to the SUMA. The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control signals between the OUTC and the SUMA. ANCO provides a duplex connection between the ANX/ANC and a cabinet antenna connector. ANLC provides a duplex connection between the ANX/ANC and a cabinet antenna connector. ANCO provides a duplex connection between the ANX/ANC and a cabinet antenna connector.
Quantity 1
CA-PDCP
3BK 25231
CA-ADACM
3BK 25248
CA-ADACP
3BK 25247
CA-ABIS
3BK 07922
CA-BTSCA
3BK 07923
CS25
ANCO
3BK26151
CS26
ANLC
3BK 26349
CS27
ANCO
3BK26151
480 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Antenna Jumper
3BK 05360
3BK 07951
CA-GC35
CA-GC35 is the cabinet ground cable. It connects to the M8 ground 3BK 08031 bolt on the side compartment floor, and to the customers ground point. This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. The cable used is a 50 mm sq. yellow/green power cable. 1AC 00465 0003
OCC23
OCC23 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the BTS A9100. OCC33 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to another BTS A9100.
3BK 08303
OCC33
3BK 08304
481 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.1.1 COME/COMI/CODE/CODI
There are two variants of cable sets used to distribute DC power and alarms within the BTS A9100 outdoor cabinets: One variant is used for COME/COMI AXXX One variant is used for COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI. The following figure shows the cables that carry DC power and alarms within the COME/COMI AXXX.
Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment
(COME only)
XIOB
CAXIOPC X1 X6 X7
HEX2 (optional)
CAADCO
HEX Power
Alarms BTS2
COAR Door Switch Key Switch Alarms BTS1 CAH2PC1 AA HEX2 HEX2 (COME only)
Power
482 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
The following figure shows the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and alarms within the COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI. Note that, although the bus bars carry AC power, this is not shown in the following figure.
Side Compartment GND 0 VDC 48 VDC Optional Power Supplies (CODE only) XIOB BTS Compartment 1 Optional Power Supplies (COME only) GND 0 VDC 48 VDC BTS Compartment 2 (CODE/COME only)
BOSU
BOBU
HEX2 (optional)
COAR
HEX2
Power
Power
Power
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Door Switch Door Switch Key Switch Door Switch Smoke Detector Flood Detector
Figure 255: COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI, DC Power and Alarm Cabling
483 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.1.2 CPT2
The following figure shows the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and alarms within the CPT2. Note that, although the bus bars carry AC power, this is not shown in the figures.
Side Compartment GND 0 VDC 48 VDC BTS Compartment 1 GND 0 VDC 48 VDC
BOSU
BOBU
HEX2 (optional)
XIOB Function
HEX2
Alarm
Alarm
484 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.1.3 MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO2/MBO2DC
The following figure show the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and alarms within the MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO1E and MBO2/MBO2DC/MBO2E.
GND 0 VDC 48 VDC
BOMU
OUTC
Door Switch
HEX4
BOMUT
OUTC
485 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Door Switch Key Switch Smoke Detector Water Detector HEX4 STASR 7 STASR 3 STASR 2 STASR 1
Door Switch
BOMU
STASR 4
OUTC
MBO1
MBOE
4.9.1.4 MBO1E/MBO1EDC/MBO2E/MBO2EDC
The following figure show the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and alarms within the MBO1E/MBO1EDC and MBO2E/MBO2EDC.
GND 0 VDC 48 VDC
BOMUE
OUTC
486 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
Door Switch
HEX8
STASR 6 STASR 5
BOMUE
STASR 4
OUTC
MBO1E
MBOEE
487 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
DCUC
OUTC
CBO
CBO DC Variant
The following figure shows the cables that carry DC power and alarms within the CBO AC variant.
GND 0 VDC 48 VDC
DCDU
OUTC
CBO
488 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.1 COME/COMI
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the COME/COMI.
COEP
STASR5 Backplane
STASR2 Backplane
STASR4 Backplane
BTSRIOUT
CA12
BTSRI
489 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.2 CODE/CODI
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the CODE/CODI.
STASR 7 Backplane
RIBAT 1
RIBAT 2
COEP
STASR 3 Backplane
STASR 6 Backplane
STASR 2 Backplane
STASR 5 Backplane
STASR 1 Backplane
490 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.3 CPT2
The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the CPT2.
STASR 3 Backplane STASR 6 Backplane
Option: OCC23/OCC33
CAABIS
OUTC SUMA
STASR 4 Backplane
CARICPT1
CARICPT2
491 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.4 MBO1/MBO2
The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the MBO1/MBO1DC/MBO1T/MBO2/MBO2DC. The STASR7 is equipped only in MBO1 and MBO2.
STASR 7 Backplane
Option: OCC23/OCC33
STASR 3 Backplane
CAABIS
STASR 2 Backplane
CABTSCA
SUMA OUTC
STASR 1 Backplane
CARIMO1
STASR 3 Backplane
STASR 6 Backplane
CAABIS
STASR 2 Backplane
CABTSCA
STASR 5 Backplane
SUMA OUTC
STASR 1 Backplane
STASR 4 Backplane
CARIMO1
CARIMO2
MBO1
MBOE
492 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.5 MBO1E/MBO2E
The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the MBO1E/MBO1EDC/MMBO2E/MBO2EDC. The PM18SR is equipped only in MBO1E and MBO2E AC variants.
Option: OCC23/OCC33 XBCBPS PM18SR
CAABIS
STASR 2 Backplane
CABTSCA
SUMA OUTC
STASR 1 Backplane
CARIC1
XBCBPS PM18SR
CAABIS
STASR 2 Backplane
STASR 5 Backplane
STASR 1 Backplane
STASR 4 Backplane
CARIC1
CARIC2
MBO1E
MBOEE
493 / 910
4 Outdoor Cabinets
4.9.2.6 CBO
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data and control cables for the CBO.
Option: OCC23/OCC33
STASR 2 Backplane
OUTC CAABIS
CARIBCO
494 / 910
495 / 910
Breaker F3
Temperature Sensor
+ 12 V Breaker F2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 3
Battery Unit 3
+ 12 V Breaker F1
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 2
Battery Unit 2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 1
Battery Unit 1
Figure 272: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 3x1 Battery Units
496 / 910
BTS1
XBCB 3 2 1
Common Breaker F4
Breaker F3
Temperature Sensor
+ 12 V Breaker F2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 3
Battery Unit 3
+ 12 V Breaker F1
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 2
Battery Unit 2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 1
Battery Unit 1
Figure 273: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x2 + 1x1 Battery Units
DC Output Connectors BTS2 BTS1 BTS3 XBCB 3 2 1
Common Breaker F4
Breaker F3
Temperature Sensor
+ 12 V Breaker F2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 3
12 V
Battery Unit 3
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 2
12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
RIBAT 1
12 V
Battery Unit 1
Figure 274: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x3 Battery Units
497 / 910
Different types of Battery Units just shown for demonstration (cabinet must be equipped with identical batteries)
Cover Plate
498 / 910
One battery terminal of each unit is connected with a temperature sensor, which monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating. First this sensor information is collected and stored in RIBAT boards, which are placed behind each battery unit at the rear side of the shelves. RIBAT boards are powered by a BTS via RIBAT cable(s). RIBAT boards (for more information see RIBAT (Section 12.29) ) are connected with the XBCB connectors placed at the connection area on the top. If battery units are connected in parallel, corresponding RIBAT boards are also connected together producing a common result of monitoring. RIBAT and DC battery cables are connected to the BTS(s) passing through the battery cabinet on the top.
499 / 910
Battery
Battery
Battery
Battery
Front View
Jumper
Top View
500 / 910
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V Battery Unit 3
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V Battery Unit 2
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
+ 12 V Battery Unit 1
501 / 910
Cabinet pre-equipped with ACU but without batteries. Cabinet with three battery units. Table 49: Weight
5.2.1.2 Cabinet
The external outdoor battery cabinet consists of a box-shaped frame bolted to a plinth. Four clearance long holes in the bottom (one in each edge) allow to fix the cabinet to the fundament using M12 anchor bolts. Other components are added to this basic construction. The cabinet has foam-insulated walls and roof. The following figures show the internal arrangement of the different variants of cabinets. The battery units are mounted in three shelves, one unit per shelf. Each unit consists of four separate battery blocks (12 V) connected in line. The minus line of each battery unit is connected to a separate single-pole circuit switch placed at the DC breaker box above the battery floors in cabinet version 3BK 26004 AAAA and at the AC/DC distribution box in cabinet verion 3BK 26004 AAAB. From that circuit switch the minus line is connected to a bus bar. Plus lines of all battery units are connected to another bus bar. Both bus bars are connected with a double pole main circuit switch (placed at the DC breaker box) and then with terminal blocks placed at the bottom of the right side wall for further connection to BTS. An exhausting tube for each battery unit is connected to the roof or bottom plate. Adjustable brackets are at both sides of each shelf to position the battery unit. The distance between battery blocks is maintained by means of spacers supplied with the battery.
502 / 910
Battery units are covered in front with a small cover plate to secure the batteries.
RIBAT Plate Door Switch RIBAT Plate Smoke Detector Smoke Detector Door Switch
DC Breaker Box
Battery Units
Battery Units
A
Transmission Blocks External Cable Entry
Front View
Airconditioner with integrated heater AC/DC Box and Transmission Blocks (behind frame)
Front View
Battery Unit Jumper Internal Cable Entry Internal Cable Entry Internal Cable Entry
Figure 278: External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Variant 3BK 26004 AAAA (Left) and 3BK 26004 AAAB (Right) Main (+) battery terminal of each unit is connected to a temperature sensor, which monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus to prevent battery overheating. This sensor information is collected and stored in RIBAT boards, which are placed above the DC breaker box. RIBAT boards (for more information see RIBAT (Section 12.29)) are powered by the BTS via the CA-RIBEO cable.
503 / 910
5.2.1.3 Door
Access to the external outdoor battery cabinet is via a door at the front. The door provides both an environmental seal and EMI protection when closed. Mounted on the inside of the door is an air conditioner with an integrated heater. Above the air conditioner is a latch mechanism for keeping the door open during maintenance. Restrainers allow fixing the door open at 90 and 135. The door has a 3-point latching system with a Eurocylinder barrel located centrally, opened by a key. The door presses an electronic switch. This switch causes an alarm, if the door is open. The switch can be switched off during maintenance.
AC Distribution Box
Surge Protections
Figure 279: AC Distribution Box for Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAA (Left) and 3BK 26004 AAAB (Right)
504 / 910
Front View
Top View
505 / 910
Rear Side
Door Side
Air Inlet
Door Side
Rear Side
Figure 281: Air Conditioner Unit, Air Paths The internal warmer air is taken into the internal fan at the top of the unit and is forced through the evaporator coil and supplied back to the bottom of the cabinet. The heater element is located in front of the fan intake area. The external cooler air is taken into the external fan positioned in the bottom of the unit and is forced through the coil and exhausted back to the external environment at the top. Supervision of the air conditioner produces one sum alarm if the unit fails. The alarm line is wired to signal terminals for further connection to BTS.
5.2.3.2 Heater
The heater is used for a warm-up period from -33 C and to maintain temperature inside the cabinet above 10 C. The heater is integrated in the air conditioner. The heater element (1 kW) is located in the upper internal part of the air conditioner just before the internal fan intake. The heater is controlled by a control board and is supplied by 230 VDC. For protection, two thermal switches are placed close to the heater elements. Both have a setting of 40 C for cut off and 25 C for resetting.
506 / 910
1x 1-pole
Table 50: Overcurrent Protection AC Lines The breakers for the DC lines are fitted in the distribution box at the top of the cabinet: Breaker 1x 2-pole Type 80 A MCB fast acting in 0 V and -48 V main DC lines 80 A MCB in -48 V line 2 A fuse or MCB in 12 V line Description Main DC Outgoing
3x 1-pole 1x 1-pole
Note: The 0 V lead (+ pole of battery) is connected to PE inside of BTS. Note: The 0 V and -48 V main DC lines can also be switched off/on by a 2-pole circuit switch inside the BTS. Table 51: Overcurrent Protection DC Lines
507 / 910
5.2.3.8 RIBAT
The RIBAT is a printed circuit board for remote inventory and temperature supervision of the battery. Up to three RIBAT boards (one for each battery unit) can be fitted in one cabinet. The boards are placed on a 19 panel and fitted above the distribution box on the top. Each RIBAT reports the supervision result at a dedicated address (for more information, see RIBAT (Section 12.29)). RIBAT boards are powered by + 5 VDC provided from the BTS. RIBATs are connected to the XBCB bus in the BTS via the CA-RIBEO cable.
508 / 910
Maximum length of wires 10 m Wire cross section must be chosen to be in line with (in general 16 or 25 mm2): Maximum allowed DC voltage drop 2V Used MCB 70A inside BTS cabinet Wire load capability. XBCB Needed for temperature regulation of charging voltage. XBCB is an external connection to BTS Control Bus with BTS specific requirements. Next to external battery PBA RIBAT 3BK 25133 AAAA must be placed. The RIBAT connections are: Temperature sensor XBCB cable to BTS RIBAT termination. Alarm Optional interface used when an external equipment has to be supervised by BTS OMC (e.g. door of ext. enclosure, cooling equipment, smoke detector etc., if any). Up to three external alarm inputs can be connected using dedicated overvoltage protected terminals inside of BTS. External alarm interface characteristics: Electromechanical contacts or optocoupler, floating Normal closed - alarm loop conductive in normal status (no alarm). Grounding All collocated equipment, antenna pole and feeders, BTS cabinet, external equipment, cable trays, must be properly connected to the site common bonding network (CBN) in shortest possible way.
509 / 910
Default setting 2.29 V/cell. Charge current limitation Maximum charge current can be set by means of Local Terminal in a commissioning mode. Limitation range 1A to 31A in step of 1A. Default setting 8A. Boost charge Boost charge mode (charging with elevated voltage) can be selected by means of Local Terminal in a commissioning mode. Boost charge returns to float charge mode automatically after 5h time period or on demand by appropriate selection in Local Terminal in a commissioning mode. Temperature regulation PM18 temperture sensor must be connected to external battery. Connection to PM18 is done by means of an extension cord. For routing the extension cord same rules apply as for DC wires. Overvoltage protection DC bus is not overvoltage protected. It is strongly requested to route DC wires between BTS cabinet and external battery in a metallic cable tray connected to site common bonding network (CBN). DC wiring Maximum length of wires 10 m. Wire cross section must be chosen to be in line with (in general 16 or 25 mm2): Maximum allowed DC voltage drop 2V Used MCB 80A inside PM18 Wire load capability. XBCB Not applicable. Alarm Optional interface used when an external equipment has to be supervised by BTS OMC (e.g. door of ext. enclosure, cooling equipment, smoke detector etc., if any). Up to three external alarm inputs can be connected using dedicated overvoltage protected terminals inside of BTS. External alarm interface characteristics: Electromechanical contacts or optocoupler, floating Normal closed - alarm loop conductive in normal status (no alarm). Grounding All collocated equipment, antenna pole and feeders, BTS cabinet, external equipment, cable trays, must be properly connected to the site common bonding network (CBN) in shortest possible way.
510 / 910
511 / 910
512 / 910
513 / 910
Intersubrack Connector
Power Connector
Ground Connector
Module Connector
Backplane
Module Connector
Figure 282: STASR Construction For common information and dimensions refer to Subracks (Section 1.3). The STASR has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and signaling interface for the modules. The backplane has nine connectors for the plug-in modules and three for the FANUs. An inter-subrack cable connector at the top of the backplane is provided for multiple subrack configurations. The power connection consists of three FASTON connectors. Refer to the STASR Electrical Description (Section 6.3) for a description of the subrack backplane.
514 / 910
6.3.2 Backplane
The backplane is a multi-layer PCB. It distributes the -48/ -60 VDC, to power the subrack equipment, and the digital signals between the various plug-in modules. The following figure shows a front view of the backplane and the positions of the various connectors.
Module Connectors Ribbon Cable Connector Power Connectors 0 V GND 48 V FACB FACB Connectors
X113
X100
X116
Equipment Label
Connector Identity
X101 X102 X110 X103 X104 X105 X106 X111
X117
X107
X108
X109 X112
Pin 1, Row A
FANU Connectors
515 / 910
2 x 6-pin male Header type connector. 2 x 16-pin male Header type connector. The FACB connectors are linked to the FANU connectors via the backplane printed wiring.
FANU Connectors
Type R 1/3 30-M connectors. Three FANU connectors are positioned at the bottom of the subrack backplane (see Figure 283).
Ribbon Cable
C 64 M (DIN 41612) connector. The cable is used to interconnect multiple subracks (see Figure CIMI/CIDI Subracks Interconnection Cable (184) and Figure 192). It is pre-equipped with the correct number of connectors for the number of subracks deployed.
Power Cable
Table 52: STASR Connectors and Cables The following table lists the module connectors and the associated modules. The symbol shows that the particular connector is a possible plug-in position for the associated module. TRE HP
ConnectorSUMA X101 X102 X103 X104 X105 X106 X107 X108 X109 -
SUMP
ANC -
ANX -
ANY
TRE
IDU
516 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7 AC Power Subracks
The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations, where necessary. An illustration of each subrack is also included.
517 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.1 SRACDC
The SRACDC is the power subrack used for all BTS A9100 outdoor configurations with the PM08 power supply modules. It contains plug-in modules which convert the AC mains supply into a 48 VDC supply. The plug-in modules are fitted in predefined slots within the subrack. SRACDC contains the following modules: ACIB ACRI BACO BCU1 Up to five PM08s FANUs.
X200
X201
X202
Backplane
Connector Identity
X100
X101
X102
X103
X104
X106
FANU Connector
Module Connectors
Figure 284: SRACDC Subrack Front View For common information and dimensions refer to Subracks (Section 1.3). The SRACDC has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and signaling interface for the modules. The backplane contains nine connectors for the plug-in modules and three for the FANUs.
518 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
BACO
ACRI
ACIB
PM08/5
PM08/4
PM08/3
PM08/2
PM08/1
BCU1
Figure 285: SRACDC Module Positions There are five PM08 slots. The PM08s are identified by numbers in the range 1 to 5, as shown.
519 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.1.3.2 Backplane
The SRACDC backplane distributes the 0/ -48 VDC to the subrack equipment that requires it. Two power cables carry the DC power to the equipment external to the SRACDC. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and the positions of the various connectors.
X204
X204
48V
R211
R201
X203
0V
FANU Connector
520 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.2 ACSR
The ACSR is the power subrack used for BTS A9100 outdoor configurations with PM11 power supply modules. ACSR contains plug-in modules which convert the AC mains supply into a 48 VDC supply. The plug-in modules are fitted in predefined slots within the subrack. ACSR contains the following modules: BAC2 BCU2 Up to four PM11s FANUs.
Backplane
FANU Connector
Module Connectors
Figure 287: ACSR Subrack Front View For common information and dimensions refer to Subracks (Section 1.3). The ACSR has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and signaling interface for the modules. The backplane contains six connectors for the plug-in modules and two for the FANUs.
521 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
BAC2
PM11/4
PM11/3
PM11/2
PM11/1
BCU2
Figure 288: ACSR Module Positions There are four PM11 slots. The PM11s are identified by numbers in the range 1 to 4, as shown.
522 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.2.3.2 Backplane
The ACSR backplane distributes the 230 VAC supply from the ACSB to the PM11s. The backplane also distributes the 0/ -48 VDC to the subrack equipment that requires it. One five-wire power cable carries the AC power from the ACSB to the backplane. Two power cables carry the DC power to the equipment external to the ACSR. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and the positions of the various connectors.
Module Connector
L1 L2 N L3
FANU Connector
523 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
524 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.3 ASIB
The ASIB is the power subrack for the BTS A9100 indoor configurations powered from an AC mains supply. It contains plug-in modules which convert the AC mains supply into a 48 VDC supply. The plug-in modules are fitted in predefined slots within the subrack.
X201
X202
X250
X100
X101
X102
X103
X104
X106
FANU Connector
Module Connectors
Figure 290: ASIB Front View For common information and dimensions, refer to Subracks (Section 1.3). The ASIB has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and signaling interface for the modules. The backplane has nine connectors for the plug-in modules and three for the FANUs.
525 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
ABAC
APOD
ACRI
PM08/5
PM08/4
PM08/3
PM08/2
PM08/1
BCU1
Figure 291: ASIB Module Positions There are five PM08 slots. The PM08s are identified by numbers in the range 1 to 5, as shown.
526 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
7.3.3.2 Backplane
The backplane distributes the 0/ -48 VDC to the subrack equipment that requires it. Four power cables carry DC power to the equipment external to the ASIB. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and the positions of the various connectors.
Module Connector
FANU Connector
527 / 910
7 AC Power Subracks
528 / 910
529 / 910
XCLK(14)
BTS A9100
CLKI (13) OML(1) RSL(2),TCH(3) RSLi(7), TCHi(8) IOM(10), IOMCONF(9) IOM(10), IOM_CONF(9) AN TRE
BSC
TSC
SUMA/ SUMP
AC/DC
FAN
Battery BCB(11)
*)
Battery XBCB(12) External tool
MMI(17)
:
*) for SUMA only BTS Terminal
Figure 293: The SUMP/SUMA in its Environment The following table provides information relative to the links mentioned in the figure above. All external links connected to the CA in Figure 293 are routed through the CA to the SUMA/SUMP.
Note:
The AN, ANX, ANY, ANC modules are connected to the BCB, but only the ANX and ANC are connected to IOM and IOM_CONF.
530 / 910
Link OML
1 L
Comment The link carries O and M messages between the BSC and BTS. The link is routed by the SUMP/SUMA from/to Abis to/from BSII. These links are transparently routed by the SUMP/SUMA from/to Abis To/from the BSII. This link is used for the remote transmission O and M between the TSC and the Transmission part of the BTS. This link is used to control the ring functions between the BIEs by managing F, S, R, FEA, AIS bits. All the other flows carried by the Abis are transparently routed in Abis ring or drop through the SUMP/SUMA. The Radio signaling Link is for TRE telecom function. The Traffic Channel is for TRE telecom function. It is used to broadcast the IOM configuration by the SUMP/SUMA. This link carries O and M messages exchanged between the SUMP/SUMA and other BTS modules connected on the IOM. These links are used for BTS internal O and M between SUMP/SUMA and other BTS equipment.
L L L
RCB
L L L L
BCB
The link is connected to other BTS modules and allows the BTS Remote Inventory supported by SUMP/SUMA. The link is connected to the external tool for Remote Inventory. XBCB is changed into EBCB in between SUMP/SUMA and CA. When the SUMP/SUMA is powered off, the BTS module Remote Inventory information is reported to the external tool through the EBCB. This feature is used only at factory level. When the SUMP/SUMA is powered on, the alarms from XIOB are reported to SUMP/SUMA through the EBCB.
XBCB (EBCB)
CLKI XCLK
P P
This link distributes BTS internal synchronizing signals to TRE and AN. The link carries BTS external clock synchronization signals for either the master or slave configuration. These flows are used in order to communicate with the GPS system. It is External GPS when the GPS system is outside the BTS and Internal GPS when it is plugged inside the SUMP/SUMA. These flows carry the supervision interface of the GPS system (Configuration, Fault).
XGPS
IGPS
531 / 910
Link MMI
1 L
Comment This link is connected to a PC used as a BTS Terminal which includes the local BTS O and M application. it includes: The download of software for SUMP/SUMA and other BTS downloadable modules The BTS commissioning tests The O and M commands for the Transmission part of the SUMP/SUMA The O and M commands for the Clock part of the SUMP/SUMA (for OCXO calibration and OCXO tuning).
REL_CON
This relay command flow is used to control Abis relays. This flow has its own physical interface.
This column indicates for each link if it is a logical link (L) or a physical link (P).
The following figure shows the functional block diagram of the SUMP/SUMA.
External Interfaces Internal Interfaces System Master Clock, TDMA Frame Clock and Frame Number Distribution to TRE and AN CLKI HFFI 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s BSII 0 BSII 1 BSII 2 (SUMA only)
Abis 1 Abis 2
2 Mbit/s 2 Mbit/s
XGPS
XBCB
RI
BCB
HFFI
Hook for Future Interface: It consists of 4 Lines which are in the backplane and which are free for future evolution.
532 / 910
The SUMP/SUMA provides a switchable 2 Mbit/s duplex connection between the Abis Interface and the BSII. The BSII is used to transfer TCH information to the TRE module, and O and M information to the OMU/SUM microprocessor. SUMA has an additional BSII 2 interface. This is used exclusively to carry TCH information. The SUMP/SUMA comprises the following functional blocks: Transmission and Clock BSII OMU RI. The SUMP uses two microprocessors, the SUMA only one to run the software/firmware for the O and M and Transmission and Clock functions.
Abis 1
2 Mbit/s
CLK
Abis 2
2 Mbit/s
CLK
Framer
Abis 3
CLK
Abis 4
CLK
Framer
XGPS TMMI
Transmission & Clock Micropro cessor (*) (*) for SUMA part of the SUM processor
Figure 295: SUMP/SUMA Transmission and Clock Architecture The principal functional components and interfaces of the Transmission and Clock are as follows: Abis Interface Transmission and Clock microprocessor CGU Q1 link.
533 / 910
Framer Device
Loop-back Relays
Table 58: SUMP/SUMA, Abis Interface Functional Entities Two additional Abis Interfaces can be implemented with a Piggy-back board (SUMA only). This is an optional feature of the BTS A9100.
534 / 910
535 / 910
8.2.4 Q1 Link
The Q1 link is a logical link routed via the Abis Interface, the Time Slot Switch, the BSII switch and the BSII to the OandM functions. The OandM functions are performed remotely by the BSC TSC, via the Q1 link, or locally via a BTS Terminal. All BTS A9100 transmission equipment have Q1 addresses, which identify them to the TSC. The transmission equipment is supervised by the TSC using the Q1 protocol. The TSC, or a local BTS Terminal, can interrogate the SUMP/SUMA for the following data: Performance measurement Alarms Abis clock source Loop request Firmware version Hardware version. The Q1 link is also used for software downloads, for configuration purposes.
536 / 910
537 / 910
SDRAM
Flash EEPROM
Control Bus
Reset
BSII
Glue Logic
NGISL
BCB
Remote Inventory
538 / 910
539 / 910
540 / 910
Protection
Grounding
541 / 910
On
Blinking Off
542 / 910
Color
Status
SUMP X
SUMA -
On
On
Converter 1 serviceable.
Converter 2 serviceable. Converter 2 faulty. Status of Abis 3 for Transmission and Clock. (X)
Abis 3 serviceable. Failure detected on Abis 3. Not configured or not used. Status of Abis 4 for Transmission and Clock. (X)
Note:
During a reset of the OMU microprocessor, all the red and yellow LEDs are lit for approximately 100 ms. This is a test of the LEDs to make sure they are all working.
543 / 910
SUMA
LEDs
Test Connector
USB Connector OML O&M OMU PS1 ABIS1 ABIS2 Trans FAULT PS2 LEDs LEDs
GPS Connector
544 / 910
The following table describes the SUMP/SUMA front panel connectors. Connector Abis 1/2 Type 9-pin Sub-D female Description Provides two Abis Interfaces. The connector is pre-equipped for both 75 and 120 impedance cables. The impedance is selected by the type of cable connector used. Two more Abis Interfaces are possible with a piggy-back board. Abis 3/4 9-pin Sub-D female Provides two Abis Interfaces on SUMA piggy-back board. The connector is pre-equipped for both 75 and 120 impedance cables. The impedance is selected by the type of cable connector used. Provides the following digital interfaces: XBCB XRT XGPS XGPS CLKX CLK1 Abis relay control. BTS Terminal 9-pin Sub-D female For connecting a computer terminal. It provides a V.24 asynchronous serial interface, which can be used for local maintenance and configuration purposes. Presence of a terminal is automatically detected. For connecting a computer terminal. It provides a high-speed serial interface, which can be used for local maintenance and configuration purposes. Either the V.24 interface or the USB interface can be connected to a BTS Terminal, but not both. Presence of a terminal is automatically detected. Provides remote access to the OMU and Transmission and Clock microprocessors (in case of SUMP) and to the SUM processor (in case of SUMA) for factory test purposes. Provides a synchronization output from an optional on-board GPS receiver. X X X SUMP X SUMA X
BTS Terminal
USB port
Test
GPS
SMA female
545 / 910
546 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
9 Transceiver Equipment
The sections are supported with diagrams showing the functional blocks and their interfaces. A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing LED indicators, connectors and controls.
547 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
TREPxx
Figure 298: TRE Basic Architecture The TRE performs the digital functions interface to the SUM and the analog functions interface to the AN module. The TRE contains its own integrated power supply.
548 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
The following types of TRE modules are available for the different BTS A9100 variants: TADH, TRE high power module for GSM 1800 TAGH, TRE high power module for GSM 900 TRAD, TRE medium power module for GSM 1800 TRADE, TRE module medium power for GSM 1800, enhanced 8-PSK power TADHE, TRE high power module for GSM 1800 GMSK and 8-PSK TRAG, TRE medium power module for GSM 900 TRAGE, TRE module medium power for GSM 900, enhanced 8-PSK power TAGHE, TRE high power module for GSM 900 GMSK and 8-PSK TRAL, TRE medium power module for GSM 850 TRAP, TRE medium power module for GSM 1900 TRDH, TRE high power module for GSM 1800 TRDM, TRE medium power module for GSM 1800 TRGM, TRE medium power module for GSM 900 TRPM, TRE medium power module for GSM 1900. GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt, contact Alcatel support.
549 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
BCBT ADR
RI
SCP
ETA
MBED DEM BSII 0 BSII 1 MUX DEC BED DEM CUL CUI
ENCT
Figure 299: TRED Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) The TRED (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) consists of the following functional entities (refer to the figure above): Entity Control Parallel Link (ECPL) signaling and Control Processor (SCP) Decoder (DEC) Demodulator (DEM) Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption (MBED) Encoder and Transmitter Processor (ENCT) Carrier Unit Logic (CUL) Clock Generation Unit (CGU) External Test Adapter (ETA) Remote Inventory (RI).
550 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
9.1.2.2 TRED Architecture of TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP
RCD RPI Power Swit/Reset USB : MMI Debug ET LEDs
BCB ADR
RI
I2C
DCOP
IRDMC
UBEL
MBED
DEM IRDM DEC MUX FHL HFFI ENC TXP BED DEM BBTX ASIC DRCS
From IF Filter
To I/Q Modulator
ENCT
on TREA
Figure 300: TRED Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE,TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP)
551 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
The TRED (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TADHE, TRADE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP) consists of the following functional entities (refer to the figure above): ECPL SCP DEC DEM Incremental Redundancy Data Memory (IRDM) MBED, part of the UBEL Decoder Co-processor (DCOP), part of the UBEL IRDM Controller (IRDMC), part of the UBEL United Baseband Logic (UBEL), containing the MBED, DCOP, and IRDMC ENCT CGU RI Baseband ASIC for Transmitter (BBTX), located on the TREA Diversity Receiver Chip Set (DRCS), located on the TREA.
BCB
CLKI
BSII
552 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
PSwitch/Manual front panel power switch: disables the TREP/TREPS/TREPSH for TRE maintenance Reset (security function for actions on RF cables). Also used to generate the push button reset (PB_SRST) with fast off/on sequence. LEDs ETI I2C CUI Front panel LED control. Used to trace the ECPL, or access it with a test tool. Interface to the TREA EEPROM which stores the calibration and adjustment data. Transfers uplink and downlink TCH data, and configuration/control data between TRED and TREA. Universal serial bus as known from the personal computer domain. It is used to channel the tool interfaces ET/ISA, MMI, ALFS and Debug which are all targets for communication with a PC.
USB
553 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
LEDs I2CA
SCP Microprocessor
Flash Memory
9.1.2.6 Decoder
The decoder performs uplink channel decoding, and interfaces the TRAU frames to the BSII. The hardware consists of a DSP and an SRAM. The functions performed by the decoder are: Soft-decision bit combining for antenna diversity (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) Decryption and decryption process control On the terrestrial link side: Rate adaptation TRAU frame adaptation. On the radio channel side: Channel decoding Speech, data and signal de-interleaving. Measurements preprocessing In-band control of the demodulator.
554 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Block Diagram
ECPL
DCOP
IRDMC UBEL
Decoder DSP
The decoder consists of a DSP and its associated SRAM. The input to the decoder consists of a serial interface. The interface carries clock, frame signals and the demodulated data from eight RF time slots. The DSP decodes and transmits eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16 half-rate) TCHs to the BSII, via the MBED. Each full-rate channel can be replaced by a GPRS channel. The ECPL interface is used mostly for booting code during resets. The interrupt/reset interface sets the boot mode, and later provides frame and time slot interrupts.
555 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
9.1.2.10 Demodulator
The demodulator demodulates the uplink channels. The functions performed are: Antenna diversity combining (TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRADE/TADHE/TRAG/TRAGE/TAGHE/TRAL/TRAP) Radio link measurements on a burst basis Using control information provided by the decoder: Preprocessing Channel demodulation Equalization of the received signals. DC offset compensation.
Block Diagram
ECPL
Interrupt/Reset
Demodulator DSPs
The demodulator consists of two DSPs, each of which has its own SRAM. The inputs to the demodulator consist of two serial interfaces. The interfaces carry clock, frame signals and the data from eight RF time slots. Each DSP demodulates eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16 half-rate) TCHs for one antenna path. It demodulates either access or normal bursts (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM). It combines and demodulates either access or normal burst for both antenna paths (TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRADE/TADHE/TRAG/TRAGE/TAGHE/TRAL/TRAP).
556 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
The ECPL interface is used almost exclusively for booting code during resets. The interrupt/reset interface sets the boot mode, and later provides frame and time slot interrupts.
Timing To Encoder
Control
Ciphering Encoder Interface BSII Multiplexer Decoder Interface Uplink and Downlink Multiplexer Frequency Hopping Link Block
BSII
FHL
Demodulator Interface
To Demodulator
To Decoder
557 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
The following table gives a short description of each block. Control The Control block is the main controlling function of the MBED. It contains several status and control registers that are updated via the ECPL interface. The Timing block is connected to CLKI which carries the master clock, frame clock and frame number. The main role of the timing block is to: Provide clocks for the DSPs Retrieve the frame number and transfer it to the ECPL. Ciphering The Ciphering block performs pattern generation according to the configuration information, that is: A5 type Encryption/decryption key Frame number. The configuration information is sent in band from the encoder/decoder. This means that it is possible to change the A5 algorithm and key on a call-by-call basis. BSII Multiplexer The BSII Multiplexer selects between the BSII links for the uplink and downlink directions. The selection of the correct bits to be sent downlink, and the insertion of bits at the correct position in uplink, is done by the DSPs. The Uplink Multiplexer handles two data flows: Data from the decoder. Additionally, the uplink cipher key is forwarded to the ciphering block TCH data from the demodulator is forwarded to the decoder. The deciphering bits coming from the ciphering block are added to this data stream. The Downlink Multiplexer splits the data stream coming from the encoder: In-band signaling from the TXP is forwarded to the demodulator, together with the ARFCN The downlink ciphering key is extracted and forwarded to the ciphering block. The ciphering bits from the ciphering block are sent back to the ENCT The FHL data stream is forwarded to the FHL Interface. Frequency Hopping Link Block Demodulator Interface Decoder Interface Encoder Interface The Frequency Hopping Link Block provides the interface to the FHL. If the FHL is configured and used, the data is sent to, and received from, the FHL. If the FHL is not configured, the downlink data is forwarded to the TXP. The Demodulator Interface provides clock and frame signals for the demodulator DSPs.
Timing
The Decoder Interface provides the connection to and from the decoder. It also provides clock and frame signals to the decoder DSP. The Encoder Interface provides the connection to and from the encoder and TXP. It also provides clock and frame signals to the encoder DSP.
558 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Encoder
The Encoder encodes the data for eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16 half-rate) TCHs. Each full-rate channel can be replaced by a GPRS channel. This data is received from the MBED. The encoded data, ciphering configuration and the frequency number for the RF transmission, are sent to the MBED. The MBED sends the encoded data to the TXP for transmission on the Air Interface. It also sends the cipher bits coming from the ciphering block. The TXP processes the data and extracts all additional information coming from the Encoder or FHL. The resulting data stream is sent to the CUL or BBTX.
TXP
559 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
560 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
561 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
I Baseband Modulator Q TX Driver Amplifier TX Power Amplifier I/Q Modulator & Upconverter IF Filter TX Mixer
To Combiner/ Duplexer
Cleanup Oscillator
RF Loop
Loop Coupling
TREPAxx
Baseband Filter I/Q Demodulator IF Filter RF Mixer
LNA
RX0
RX Synthesizer 2
Baseband Filter
I/Q Demodulator
IF Filter
RF Mixer
LNA
RX1
TREA
Figure 306: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM)
562 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
I From ENCT Baseband Modulator Q BBTX Modulator & Upconverter IF Filter Mixer TX Driver Amplifier TX Power Amplifier
To combiner Duplexer
Cleanup Oscillator
RF Loop
Loop Coupling
TEPAxx
ADC IF Filter RX Synth. 1 RX Synth. 2 IF Filter RF Mixer LNA RF Mixer LNA RX0
To DEM on TRED
DDC
DRCS
ADC
RX1
TREA
Digital part (positioned at analog module)
Figure 307: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP)
563 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
TX Synthesizer 1
TX Synthesizer 2
TX Power Regulation
To combiner Duplexer
Cleanup Oscillator
TEPAxx/ TEPADHE
ADC IF Filter RX Synth. 1 RX Synth. 2 ADC IF Filter RF Mixer LNA RX1 RF Mixer LNA RX0
To DEM on TRED
DDC
DRCS
TREA
Digital part (positioned at analog module)
564 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
565 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Receivers
Two receivers are physically located on the TREA. The main functions of the receivers for TRGM, TRDM, TRDH, TRPM are: Low noise amplification Down conversion IF filtering IQ demodulation Baseband filtering Baseband digitizing. The main functions of the receivers for TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP are: Low noise amplification Down conversion IF filtering IF sampling Digital I/Q demodulation Digital Baseband filtering Digital Decimation.
Receiver Synthesizers
The Receiver Hopping Synthesizers generate the RF frequencies for the receiver. There are two hopping synthesizers working in parallel. While one synthesizer is active, the other selects the next receive frequency. The RF Loop provides an analog test loop between the transmitter and receivers. It performs analog self-tests, mainly for start-up test purposes. The RF Loop circuitry generates a frequency of 45 MHz (GSM 850/GSM 900), 95 MHz (GSM 1800), or 80 MHz (GSM 1900) and converts the transmitter output signals to the receiver frequency. The RF Loop functionality is physically split between the: TREA, which contains the RF loop itself TEPAxx (or TREPAxx), which contains the RF loop coupling function (see Figure 306 and Figure 307). The RF Loop is removed in case of TRAGE/TAGHE/TRADE/TADHE (see Figure 308).
RF Loop
566 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
9.1.4.1 Voltages
For normal operational requirements, the DC input voltage V in can be any value between -38.4 VDC and -72 VDC. If the input is too low, the power supply switches off automatically. When the input voltage is restored, the power supply switches back on. If the input voltage falls below -38.4 VDC, the output is maintained within the specified values, until the TRE power supply switches off. The following table provides the TRE power supply output voltage parameters. Output Voltage + 3.3 V + 5.1 V -5.1 V + 5.3 V + 12 V -12 V + 26 V TRE Version (1) X X X X X TRE Version (2) X X X X X X TRE Version (3) X
Tolerance 3 % 3 % 3 % 3 % 3 % 5 % 2 %
(1): TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM (2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP (3): TRAGE, TAGHE, TRADE, TADHE Table 65: Output Voltage Parameters
9.1.4.2 Fuse
The TRE power supply input is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking capacity (15 A).
567 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
(1): TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM (2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP (3): TRAGE, TAGHE, TRADE, TADHE Table 66: Low Voltage Alarm Thresholds
568 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
LED RSL
Color Yellow
Status
Link connected Connecting link Link disconnected Transmission status (not BCCH) Transmitting on SDCCH, CBCH or TCH Emitting (normal operation) Not transmitting TRE operational status
Blinking Off OP Yellow On Blinking Off BCCH Yellow On Off FAULT Red
X X X
X X X
Fully operational Initializing Not operational BCCH transmission status Transmitting Not transmitting Alarm status (1): two LEDs connected in parallel (2): one LED
Fatal alarm Non-fatal alarm No alarm Status of the + 5 V power supply + 5 V present
X -
569 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
LED
Color
Status Off
3.3 V POWER
Green
+ 3.3 V present + 3.3 V faulty Status of the TRE power supply output voltages
(2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP Table 67: TRE LED Descriptions
570 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Transmitter Connector
OFF
Test Connector
TEST
Module Extractor
RX 0 RX 1
Receiver Connectors
RSL LEDs OP 5V
571 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
9.1.6.2 Front Panel - TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, and TRAP
Camloc Fasteners
Transmitter Connector
TX
OFF
Module Extractor
TX BCCH FAULT
Figure 310: TRE Front Panel (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRADE, TADHE, TRAG, TRAGE, TAGHE, TRAL, TRAP)
9.1.6.3 Connectors
The following table describes the TRE front panel connectors. Connector Test Description Provides an interface to the TRE for factory test purposes.
572 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Connector TX RX 0, RX 1
Description Provides the transmit RF Interface to the AN module. Provides two receive RF Interfaces from the AN module.
TGPS
Figure 311: TWIN TRA Basic Architecture The TWIN TRA performs the digital functions interface to the SUM and the analog functions interface to the AN module. The TWIN TRA contains its own integrated power supply. The following types of TWIN TRA modules are available for the different BTS A9100 variants: TGT09, TWIN TRA medium power module for GSM 900 TGT18, TWIN TRA medium power module for GSM 1800
573 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
FLASH
SDRAM
SCP TX Synth. Module RX Synth. Module DRC1 DEM CLKI BSII HFFI FHL FPGA SYS ADC DEM HPI DSP2 DEM ctrl. To/from LALE IQ MUX Monitoring DRC2
SYS
TXP ENC
BIAS DAC
ECPL
HPI
DSP1
DEC FPGA
DSA
SDRAM
Figure 312: TRA-D Architecture The TRA-D consists of the following functional entities: Signalling and Control Processor (SCP) Digital Signal Processor 1 (DSP1) Digital Signal Processor 2 (DSP2) Field Programable GateArray (FPGA) Flash Memory SDRAM Glue Logic (CPLD) Diversity Receiver Chip (DRC).
574 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
ADR
RCD BSII
575 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
TX Data Module Buffer, modulator tables, filter, gain and offset adjust. Ramping Module Ramping control interface to ramping DAC. Level and BIAS Module BIAC control interface to BIAS DAC. Power Switch Module Switches power supply with exact timing. TX Synthesizer Module Interface to TX synthesizers. RX Synthesizer Module Interface to RX synthesizers. GTA Module Interface to GTAs. Monitoring Module Receives monitoring data. Perform demultiplexing and storing of the monitoring data in corresponding registers.
9.2.2.8 SDRAM
SDRAM dedicated working memory for SCP and DSP.
9.2.2.9 CPLD
Contains the necessary glue logic for the SCP.
9.2.2.10 DRC
Diversity Receiver Chip integrates the interface between the digital and analog baseband part in receive direction.
576 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
I From ENCT Baseband Modulator Q TX Driver Amplifier TX Power Amplifier TGPAM1 TX Synthesizer 2 TX Power Regulation Modulator & Upconverter
DRC
X
90
ADC
MUX
IF Filter
RF Mixer
LNA
RX1_0
To DEM on TRED
DDC
X X
90
ADC
RX Synth. 1
MUX
IF Filter
RF Mixer
LNA
RX1_1
DRC
X X
90
ADC
Cleanup Oscillator
MUX
IF Filter
RF Mixer
LNA
RX2_0
To DEM on TRED
X
DDC
X
90
ADC
RX Synth. 2
MUX
IF Filter
RF Mixer
LNA
RX2_1
X
Figure 313: TGTx Analog Architecture
577 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
578 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Receivers
The main functions of the receivers are: Low noise amplification Down conversion IF filtering BB sampling Digital I/Q demodulation Digital Baseband filtering Digital Decimation.
Receiver Synthesizers
The Receiver Fast Hopping Synthesizers generate the RF frequencies for the receiver.
9.2.4.1 Voltages
For normal operational requirements, the DC input voltage V in can be any value between -38.4 VDC and -72 VDC. If the input is too low, the power supply switches OFF automatically. When the input voltage is restored, the power supply switches back ON. If the input voltage falls below -38.4 VDC, the output is maintained within the specified values, until the TRA power supply switches off. The following table provides the TRA power supply output voltage parameters. Output Voltage + 1.2 V + 3.3 V + 5.3 V + 6.5 V + 24 V +.30 V Tolerance 3 % 3 % 3 % 2 % 2 % 2 % Min. Value + 1.164 V + 3.2 V + 5.14 V + 6.37 V + 23.52 V + 29.4 V Max. Value + 1.236 V + 3.4 V + 5.46 V + 6.63 V + 24.48 V + 30.6 V
9.2.4.2 Fuse
The TWIN TRA power supply input is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking capacity (25 A).
579 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
580 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Transmitter Connector
TX1
RX10 RX11
ENABLE ON/OFF Rocker Switch POWER OFF TX1 LEDs BCH1 OP1 PWR Module Extractor USB Test Connector TEST TX2 BCH2 OP2 FAULT Equipment Labels
Transmitter Connector
TX2
Receiver Connectors
RX20 RX21
581 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
Blinking
582 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
RX11, RX21
583 / 910
9 Transceiver Equipment
584 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10 Antenna Networks
The sections are supported with diagrams where necessary, showing the functional blocks and their interfaces. Drawings of the physical appearance of the modules are also included, showing LED indicators, connectors and controls.
585 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.1 ANX
The ANX provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the antenna. The following figure shows the basic architecture.
TXA Duplexer ANT A
RX0A RX1A
Splitter
RX1B RX0B
Splitter
TXB
Duplexer
ANT B
Figure 315: ANX Basic Architecture On the downlink, the ANX connects two TRE transmitters to two antennas. On the uplink, it splits the received signals and passes them to the TRE receivers. The following types of ANX modules are available for the different BTS A9100 variants: ANXG, ANX module for GSM 900 ANXD, ANX module for GSM 1800 ANXP, ANX module for GSM 1900. The following figure shows the ANX in more detail. The shaded areas identify the uplink functions.
TXA In Uplink Functions TRE RX0A Out LNA Filter RX1A Out Power Splitter A LEDs Gain Control AN Microprocessor VSWR Receiver BSII Duplexer Directional Coupler ANT A
Rotary Switch
BCB Interface
BCB
Remote Switching Power Splitter B RX1B Out LNA TRE RX0B Out Uplink Functions TXB In Directional Coupler Duplexer ANT B DC Feed DC/DC Converter 48 VDC
Figure 316: ANX Architecture The duplexers provide coupling of the transmitted and received signals, allowing a single antenna to be used for both downlink and uplink channels. The ANX also allows the return loss of the transmitted signals to be measured, at the antenna connector, using VSWR techniques.
586 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
The uplink channel comprises amplifiers, with remotely-adjustable gain control, remote DC feed and power splitters.
Duplexer
Bias T
587 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Power Splitter
588 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
DC Line Supervision
Rotary Switch
589 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Control Signals
SRAM Backplane
VSWR Receiver TXA Forward Reverse TXB Forward Reverse Input MUX Local Synthesizer Mixer Baseband ADC
AN Microprocessor
BSII PLL
2048 MHz
LNA 1 LNA Control Signals & Alarms LNA 2 CLKII PLL DC Feed & Rotary Switch RI Alarms To LNAs DC/DC Converter On/Off BCB ASIC
Subrack Address
CLKI Interface
BCB Interface
RI EEPROM DC Input
48 VDC
Figure 317: ANCON Architecture The ANCON functional entities are described in the sections below.
590 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Microprocessor
Start Conversion
10.1.4.4 AN Microprocessor
The AN microprocessor performs LNA alarm supervision and gain setting, and control of the status LEDs. It also provides an interface to the baseband ADC in the VSWR receiver (see Figure 317). The microprocessor compares the ADC output with known VSWR values. If the VSWR exceeds predefined thresholds, an alarm is raised (refer to Table ANX LED Descriptions (80)). If the reflected power is very high, the transmitters are shut down to avoid possible damage to equipment. High reflected power can be caused by, for example, a break in the antenna coupling. The AN microprocessor hardware consists of a QUICC microprocessor supported by two memory devices, a Flash EEPROM and an SRAM.
591 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.1.5.1 Voltages
The following table provides ANPS input/output voltage parameters. Voltage V in Value -38.4 VDC min. -72 VDC max. -48 VDC to -60 VDC nom. V out + 5.1 VDC 3 % + 12 VDC 3 % Table 78: ANPS Input/Output Voltage Parameters Normal operation of V out is unaffected by temperature fluctuations in the range -10o C to 70o C.
10.1.5.2 Fuse
The input of the ANPS is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking capacity (15 A).
592 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.1.5.3 Protection
The ANPS circuitry is protected against short circuit and accidental polarity inversion on its inputs.
10.1.5.4 Grounding
Ground continuity for the module is achieved with ground pins on the subrack backplane which connect to the bus bar ground.
593 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.1.6.1 LEDs
There are eight LEDs on the front panel, which provide a visual indication of the operational status of the ANX module. The following table describes each LED and their various operational states. LED VSWR A Color Yellow On Slow Blinking Fast Blinking Off VSWR B Yellow On Slow Blinking Fast Blinking Off O and M Yellow On Off ALARM Red On Blinking Off 5V Green On Off 12 V Green On Off Table 80: ANX LED Descriptions Status Description VSWR status of Antenna 1. Good VSWR. Threshold 1 reached. Threshold 2 reached. VSWR not supervised. VSWR status of Antenna 2. Good VSWR. Threshold 1 reached. Threshold 2 reached. VSWR not supervised. O and M status. IOM link operational. IOM link not established. Alarm status (both LEDs are connected in parallel) IOM link operational Non-urgent alarm. IOM link not established. Status of + 5 V power supply. + 5 V present. + 5 V faulty. Status of + 12 V power supply. + 12 V present. + 12 V faulty.
594 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.1.6.2 Alarms
The ANX detects the alarm conditions shown in the following table. VSWR The AN microprocessor can raise four alarms when VSWR values exceed certain preset thresholds. The values are downloaded from the OMU software. There is a non-urgent and an urgent alarm for each antenna. There are two amplifier alarms for each LNA. One indicates degraded amplifier performance, and the other a total failure. A total failure is regarded as performance that is below a usable output. The remote + 5 V TTL DC feed signal is used for supervision of the RF cabling continuity. A circuit in the TREA receiver detects the signal and a message is fed back, via the BCB.
Amplifier
DC line supervision
595 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
>30 dB
>30 dB
> 30 dB
22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB
22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB
<-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
50 50
50 50
50 50
596 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Antenna Connectors
597 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
The ANX has two transmitter input connectors and four receiver output connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one ANX module can be interfaced to two TRE modules, or an ANY module if used. The following table describes the ANX front panel connectors. Connector TXAIN TXBIN RX0AOUT RX1AOUT RX0BOUT RX1BOUT Description Provides the RF transmitter interfaces from two TRE modules, or an ANY module if used. Provides the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or an ANY module if used. Provides the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the second TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or an ANY module if used. Provides the RF interface to/ from two antennas, A and B.
ANTA ANTB
598 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.2 ANY
The ANY is a passive RF module, having neither a controller nor a power supply. It is an optional RF distribution device, which is used to expand the capacity of the ANX/ANC. Therefore, it is basically an extension unit to the ANX/ANC module. The following types of ANY modules are available for the different BTS A9100 variants: ANYD, ANY module for GSM 1800 ANYDH, ANY module for GSM 1800 high power ANYG, ANY module for GSM 900 ANYGH, ANY module for GSM 900 high power ANYL, ANY module for GSM 850 ANYP, ANY module for GSM 1900. GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt, contact Alcatel support. The following figure shows the logical position of the ANY in relation to the TREs and the ANX. The signal paths are also indicated.
TRE Antenna ANX/ ANC ANY TRE TRE Downlink Path TRE Antenna ANX/ ANC ANY TRE TRE
TRE
599 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
The ANY performs functions for both the: Downlink path The RF signals coming from the TREs enter the ANY at four TX connectors on the front panel. They are combined in pairs by RF combiners and fed to two TX output connectors. The ANY performs a 4:2 reduction of the TRE transmitter outputs. The two concentrated outputs are coupled to the ANX/ANC inputs, via external RF cables. Uplink path. Each of the four RF signals from the ANX/ANC passes through a 1:2 RF splitter. These signals are distributed in four groups to the TREs, via external RF cables. Each group provides a path for antenna diversity and non-diversity.
RX0A Out1
RX1A Out1
TXA In2
Power Divider
RX1A In
RX0A Out2
RX1A Out2
ANYRI
BCB Interface
RX0B Out1
RX1B Out1
TXB In2
Power Divider
RX1B In
RX0B Out2
RX1B Out2
600 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
The ANY consists of the functional entities shown in the following table. Combiner The Combiner consists of two hybrid devices. Each device concentrates two transmitter outputs into one, thus halving the number of antennas required. The combiner takes the TX outputs from four TREs, via external cabling, and feeds them to the TXIN connectors on the ANX/ANC. The Power Dividers split and distribute the received RF signals, from the ANX module, to four outputs. The outputs are connected, via external cabling, to the inputs of the TRE module. There are two Power Dividers in each ANY module, each consisting of two splitters, providing diversity and non-diversity paths. The BCB interface is located on the subrack backplane. It interfaces the following ANYRI data to the BCB Bus: Inventory Subrack position of the ANY Subrack number. ANY Remote Inventory The ANYRI is specifically designed to hold Remote Inventory data for the ANY module. It is functionally and physically separate from the RF part of the ANY. The ANYRI consists of three components: BCB Interface driver BCB ASIC Serial EEPROM. The inventory data, which is held in a serial EEPROM, is transferred via the BCB ASIC and the BCB Interface. The ANYRI components are powered from a DC supply, which is present on the backplane. Table 84: ANY, Functional Entities
Power Dividers
BCB Interface
601 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Receive band.
Power for each transmitter channel input for: Medium power ANY - ANYx. High power ANY - ANYHx. Number of channels. Bandwidth for each channel. Insertion loss at transmit band. Insertion loss at receive band. Return loss at receive port. Return loss at transmit port. Isolation between transmit and receive ports. Isolation between receive output ports of same coupler. Isolation between receive ports of different networks. Isolation between transmit input ports of same network. Isolation between transmit input ports of different networks. Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2 x 40 W (2 x 30 W for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900) signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in receive band.
45 W maximum
45 W maximum
124 200 kHz 3.3 0.2 dB 3.3 0.2 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB > 85 dB
63 W maximum 174 200 kHz 3.3 0.2 dB 3.3 0.2 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB > 90 dB
63 W maximum 374 200 kHz 3.3 0.2 dB 3.3 0.2 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB 90 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 25 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
> 50 dB
602 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Parameter Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2 x 40 W (2 x 30 W for GSM 1800 and GSM 1900) signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in transmit band. RF input impedance. RF output impedance.
50 50
50 50
50 50
50 50
603 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Transmitter Connectors
TXAOUT
TXAIN1
RX1AOUT1 RX0AOUT2
TXAIN2
RX1AOUT2 RX0BIN
TXBOUT
RX1BIN RX0BOUT1
TXBIN1
RX1BOUT1 RX0BOUT2
604 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
605 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.3 ANC
The ANC provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the antenna. Its tasks are to: Combine the output signals of up to four transmitters and to connect them to up to two antennas Feed the received signals from the antenna to the radio front end, where the signals are amplified and distributed to up to eight receivers Allow simultaneous transmission and receiving on antennas (duplexer) Provide filtering for the TX- and RX-path Supervise the VSWR of the antennas.
Splitter
ANCC
Splitter
Combiner
Duplexer
ANT B
606 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Uplink Functions
TRE RX0AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT1 RX1AOUT2 LEDs
ANCC
AN Microprocessor Gain Control VSWR Receiver BSII
BCB Interface Remote Switching RX1BOUT1 RX1BOUT2 TRE RX0BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 LNA Duplexer B Directional Coupler B Power Splitter B DC Feed
BCB
DC/DC Converter
48 VDC
ANTB
Uplink Functions
TXBIN External Bridge B TXBOUT TXBIN1 TXBIN2 Load 60 W*) TX Combiner B
607 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Uplink Functions
Power Supply
608 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.3.4.1 LEDs
There are four LEDs on the front panel, which provide a visual indication of the operational status of the ANC module. The following table describes each LED and defines their various operational states. LED VSWR A Color Yellow On Slow Blinking Fast Blinking Off VSWR B Yellow On Slow Blinking Fast Blinking Off O and M Yellow/ Red Yellow On Red On Status Description VSWR status of Antenna 2 VSWR OK Low threshold reached High threshold reached VSWR not supervised VSWR status of Antenna 1 VSWR OK Low threshold reached High threshold reached VSWR not supervised O and M status ANC is in O and M operational mode Not used. (Only active during startup LED test in case of LNA cabling error) ANC is not operational Alarm status Yellow On Red Blinking Off Red On Normal situation (FS/SW running, no alarms present, module is powered) Non-fatal alarm present No Power presence or LED failure Fatal alarm for the module or module in out-of-order state
10.3.4.2 Alarms
The ANC detects the alarm conditions shown in Table ANX/ANC/AGC/ANB Alarm Conditions (81).
609 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
GSM 1800
GSM 1900
63 W maximum 174 200 kHz > 16 dB > 16 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB 100 ns >30 dB 22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB 0.3 - 1.6 dB 3.4 - 5.3 dB <-103 dBm
3)
63 W maximum 374 200 kHz > 16 dB > 16 dB > 18 dB 18 dB 100 ns >30 dB 22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB < 0.3 - 1.6 dB 3.4 - 5.2 dB <-103 dBm
63 W maximum 299 200 kHz > 16 dB > 16 dB > 18 dB 18 dB 100 ns > 30 dB > 22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB < 0.3 - 1.6 dB 3.4 - 5.2 dB <-103 dBm
Isolation between receive port >30 dB and antenna port. Isolation between receive ports. Isolation between transmit ports (A to B/ 1 to 2). Insertion loss in transmit pass band without combiner. Insertion loss in transmit pass band with combiner. Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2x 20 W signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in receive band. Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2x 20 W signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in transmit band. RF input impedance. >20 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB 0.3 - 1.6 dB 3.4 - 5.3 dB <-101 dBm
-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
50
50
50
50
610 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
GSM 850 50
1)
GSM 900 50
GSM 1800 50
GSM 1900 50
2) For ANC with bridge: >18 dB. Table 89: ANC Performance Characteristics
TXAIN1
RX1AOUT1 RX0AOUT1
TXAOUT
ANTB
TXBOUT Antenna Connector ANTA Module Extractor O&M VSWRA TXBIN2 RX0BOUT2 Receiver Connectors RX1BOUT2 RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1
TXBIN
LEDs
TXBIN1
611 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
TXAIN
TXAOUT
ANTA High Voltage Warning TXBOUT RF bridge (if TXBIN1 and/or TXBIN2 used) Module Extractor O&M VSWRA RX0BOUT2 Receiver Connectors RX1BOUT2
ANTB
TXBIN
LEDs
TXBIN2
612 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
TXAOUT
Antenna Connector
ANTA
ANTB
Module Extractor
O&M VSWRA RX0BOUT2 TXBIN2
LEDs
TXBIN1
Receiver Connectors
TXBIN
613 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.3.6.4 Connectors
The ANC has four transmitter input connectors and eight receiver output connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one ANC module can be interfaced to four TRE modules or two ANY modules, if used. The following table describes the ANC front panel connectors. Connector TXAIN1, TXAIN2 TXBIN1, TXBIN2 TXAIN, TXAOUT TXBIN, TXBOUT RX0AOUT1 RX1AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT2 RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 RX1BOUT2 ANTA ANTB Table 90: ANC Front Panel Connectors The front panel connector types are described in the following table. ANC Version 1 ANTA, ANTB TXAOUT, TXBOUT All other TXnn All RXnn 7/ 16 N female N female SMB ANC Versions 2 and 3 7/ 16 SMA female N female SMB A bridge between both connectors provides the interface between two combined RF transmitter signals and the duplexer of branch A. A bridge between both connectors provides the interface between two combined RF transmitter signals and the duplexer of branch B. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the second TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the third TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the fourth TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY module if used. Provide the RF interface to/ from two antennas, A and B. Description Provide the RF transmitter interfaces from four TRE modules, or two ANY modules if used.
614 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4 AGC
The AGC provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the antenna. Its functions are to: Combine the output signals of up to four transmitters and to connect them to up to two antennas Feed the received signals from the antenna to the radio front end, where the signals are amplified and distributed to up to eight receivers Allow simultaneous transmission and receiving on antennas (duplexer) Provide filtering for the TX- and RX-path Supervise the VSWR of the antennas.
Splitter
Duplexer
ANT B
615 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Uplink Functions
TRE RX0AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT1 RX1AOUT2 LEDs Duplexer A LNA Power Splitter A Filter
AGCC
AN Microprocessor Gain Control VSWR Receiver BSII
BCB Interface Remote Switching RX1BOUT1 RX1BOUT2 TRE RX0BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 LNA Duplexer B Directional Coupler B Power Splitter B DC Feed
BCB
DC/DC Converter
48 VDC
ANTB
Uplink Functions
TXBIN External Bridge B TXBOUT TXBIN1 TXBIN2 Load 150 W TX Combiner B
616 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Uplink Functions
Power Supply
617 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
618 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
3878V
Power Module
SDRAM
FLASH
RI
12V
5V 3.3V
ADC
DEBUG1 DEBUG2 DC Ant A DC Ant B
SCP
BSII0 BSII1
BSII MUX
HDLCU
IO
LNA/RXMUX
I2C
HFFI
HFFI
X
Receiver
RF
Figure 331: AGCC Architecture The AGCC interfaces provides the following interfaces: On backpanel connector BCB BSII CLKI DEBUG1 DEBUG2. On LNA/RXMUX connector LNAC RCD RF TMAFD. The AGCC functional entities are described in the following sections.
619 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Microprocessor
Start Conversion
620 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
MikroBlaze System
I2C
BSII0 BSII1
BSII MUX
HDLCU
IO
IO
ACU
ACU
REGU
HFFI
HFFI
CLKCLK2x/Fx
CRCU
CLK_SDRAM DOWN UP CLKII_WIN_PLL BSII_WIN_PLL
621 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.4.6 Receiver
The front-end receiver is realized by one device, which includes a direct conversion QPSK demodulator, the PLL and synthesizer. The downconverter can handle receive frequency in the GSM, DCS or PCS band. Control data will be entered by means of an I2C interface. The RF signal from the LNA board is fed directly into the downconverter. The I/Q baseband output signal of the downconverter is sampled and converted using a dual sigma-delta ADC. The data output is serial at a word rate of 270.83kHz for each I and Q. The ADC is interfaced by the Analog Control Unit (ACU),
622 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.5.1 Voltages
The following table provides AGCPS input/output voltage parameters. Voltage V in Value -38.4 VDC min. -72 VDC max. -48 VDC to -60 VDC nom. V out +3.3 VDC 3 % + 5.1 VDC 3 % + 12 VDC 3 % Table 92: AGCPS Input/Output Voltage Parameters Normal operation of V out is unaffected by temperature fluctuations in the range 0o C to 70o C.
10.4.5.2 Fuse
The input of the AGCPS is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking capacity.
623 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.5.3 Protection
The AGCPS circuitry is protected against short circuit and accidental polarity inversion on its inputs.
10.4.5.4 Grounding
Ground continuity for the module is achieved with ground pins on the subrack backplane which connect to the bus bar ground.
624 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.6.1 LEDs
There are two LEDs on the front panel, which provide a visual indication of the operational status of the AGC module. The following table describes each LED and defines their various operational states. LED ON Color Green On Off OM / ALARM Yellow/ Red Yellow On Yellow Blinking Red Blinking Red On Status Description Power status Module is switched on Module is switched off Alarm status OM operational status (normal operation) Not defined Not defined LNA, TMA or VSWR alarm on port A or B
10.4.6.2 Alarms
The AGC detects the alarm conditions shown in Table ANX/ANC/AGC/ANB Alarm Conditions (81).
625 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Isolation between transmit ports (A to >50 dB/ 22 dB B/ 1 to 2). Insertion loss in transmit pass band without combiner. Insertion loss in transmit pass band with combiner. Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2x 28 W signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in receive band. Intermodulation products at antenna port with 2x 28 W signals at one transmit port and 50 on receive port in transmit band. RF input impedance. RF output impedance. 0.3 - 1.6 dB 3.4 - 5.3 dB <-100 dBm
<-36 dBm
<-36 dBm
<-36 dBm
50 50
50 50
50 50
626 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
TX to RX isolation: TXAIN -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 TXBIN -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. Start Freq (MHz) Stop Freq (MHz) Atten (dB) with RX gain > 64 Atten (dB) without RX gain > 79
A14
890
915
ANTA -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 ANTB -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. A20 (Out of band rejection) A21 (RX passband) Start Freq (MHz) 816 Stop Freq (MHz) 880 Attenuation (dBc) > 30
890
915
10.4.7.2 Performance Characteristics with AGC GSM 900P Module Functional Variant B
Compared to general perfomrance characteristics, the variant B has the following specific values: TX to RX isolation: TXAIN -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 TXBIN -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. Start Freq (MHz) Stop Freq (MHz) Atten (dB) with RX gain > 64 Atten (dB) without RX gain > 79
A14
896
915
ANTA -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 ANTB -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. A20 (Out of band rejection) A21 (RX passband) Start Freq (MHz) 816 Stop Freq (MHz) 888 Attenuation (dBc) > 30
896
915
627 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.7.3 Performance Characteristics with AGC GSM 900P Module Functional Variant C
Compared to general perfomrance characteristics, the variant C has the following specific values: TX to RX isolation: TXAIN -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 TXBIN -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. Start Freq (MHz) Stop Freq (MHz) Atten (dB) with RX gain > 64 Atten (dB) without RX gain > 79
A14
902
915
ANTA -> RX1AOUT1 / RX1AOUT2 / RX1BOUT1 / RX1BOUT2 ANTB -> RX0AOUT1 / RX0AOUT2 / RX0BOUT1 / RX0BOUT2 No. A20 (Out of band rejection) A21 (RX passband) Start Freq (MHz) 816 Stop Freq (MHz) 888 Attenuation (dBc) > 50
902
915
628 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Antenna Connector
RF bridge (if TXAIN1 and/or TXAIN2 used) Combined Transmitter Output Connector (TXAIN1 + TXAIN2) Hot Surface Warning
RX1BOUT2
Module Extractor
RX0BOUT2 TXBIN2
Receiver Connectors
TXBIN RX1BOUT1 RX0BOUT1 ON TXBIN1
LEDs
OM/ALARM TXBOUT
629 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Antenna Connector
TXAIN1 ANTA RX0AOUT1 RX1AOUT1 TXAIN2 Hot Surface Warning Transmitter Input Connectors RF bridge (if TXAIN1 and/or TXAIN2 used) Combined Transmitter Output Connector (TXAIN1 + TXAIN2)
Module Extractor
Receiver Connectors
ANTB
630 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.4.8.3 Connectors
The AGC has four transmitter input connectors and eight receiver output connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one AGC module can be interfaced to four TRE modules or two ANY modules, if used. The following table describes the AGC front panel connectors. Connector TXAIN1, TXAIN2 TXBIN1, TXBIN2 TXAIN, TXAOUT TXBIN, TXBOUT RX0AOUT1 RX1AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT2 RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 RX1BOUT2 ANTA ANTB Table 96: AGC Front Panel Connectors The front panel connector types are described in the following table. Connector ANTA, ANTB TXAOUT, TXBOUT All other TXnn All RXnn Type 7/ 16 female N female or SnapN N female or SnapN SMB male A bridge between both connectors provides the interface between two combined RF transmitter signals and the duplexer of branch A. A bridge between both connectors provides the interface between two combined RF transmitter signals and the duplexer of branch B. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the second TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the third TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY module if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the fourth TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY module if used. Provide the RF interface to/ from two antennas, A and B. Description Provide the RF transmitter interfaces from four TRE modules, or two ANY modules if used.
631 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.5 ANB
The ANB provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the antenna. Its tasks are to: Combine the output signals of up to two transmitters and to connect them to up to two antennas Feed the received signals from the antenna to the radio front end, where the signals are amplified and distributed to up to eight receivers Allow simultaneous transmission and receiving on antennas (duplexer) Provide filtering for the TX- and RX-path Supervise the VSWR of the antennas.
Splitter
ANCC
Splitter
Duplexer
ANT B
632 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
TXAIN
Uplink Functions
TRE RX0AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT1 RX1AOUT2 LEDs Duplexer A LNA Power Splitter A Filter
ANCC
AN Microprocessor Gain Control VSWR Receiver BSII
BCB Interface Remote Switching RX1BOUT1 RX1BOUT2 TRE RX0BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 LNA Duplexer B Directional Coupler B Power Splitter B DC Feed
BCB
DC/DC Converter
48 VDC
ANTB
Uplink Functions
TXBIN
633 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Uplink Functions
Power Supply
634 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
<-75 dBc
<-75 dBc
50 50
50 50
635 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
ANTB
TXBIN
LEDs
Receiver Connectors
RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1
636 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Antenna Connector
ANTB
LEDs
Receiver Connectors
RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1
637 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
10.5.6.3 Connectors
The ANB has two transmitter input connectors and four receiver output connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one ANB module can be interfaced to two TRE modules or two ANY modules, if used. The following table describes the ANB front panel connectors. Connector TXAIN TXBIN RX0AOUT1 RX1AOUT1 RX0AOUT2 RX1AOUT2 RX0BOUT1 RX1BOUT1 RX0BOUT2 RX1BOUT2 ANTA ANTB Description Provide the RF transmitter interfaces from two TRE modules or two ANY modules, if used. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna A and the second TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the third TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1. Provide the RF receiver interfaces between antenna B and the fourth TRE receiver connectors RX0 and RX1. Provide the RF interface to/ from two antennas, A and B.
Table 99: ANB Front Panel Connectors The front panel connector types are described in the following table. ANTA, ANTB TXAIN, TXBIN All RXnnOUT 7/ 16 N female SMB male
638 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
AB
AB
ANCx
ANRU
BTS
GSM 850/900/1800
Node B
UMTS
Figure 341: GSM/UMTS Co-Siting With the help of diplexer filters at both ends of the feeder cables, the GSM (850/900/1800) band and the UMTS band can be decoupled in order to use the same feeder cable for both services. The following figure shows the principle.
DoubleDiplexer
Diplexer DoubleDiplexer
AB AB
ANCx
ANRU
BTS
GSM 850/900/1800
Node B
UMTS
639 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
Diplexer
GSM Bandpath
UMTS Bandpath
GSM BTS
UMTS BTS
Figure 343: Diplexer, Block Diagram The insertion losses of the filters are as low as possible to achieve the best noise figures in the uplink and low attenuation in the TX downlink. GSM and UMTS bandpath filters provide following features: Suppression of spurious and noise signals from the transmitter(s) out of band Suppression of intermodulation product(s) Rejection of harmonics of the transmitter(s) Isolation of the UMTS branch (GSM part) or GSM branch (UMTS part). The following table shows the out-of-band attenuations of the diplexer filters. Filter GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 UMTS 824 - 960 >60 dB GSM 850 Band GSM 900 Band UMTS 1710 - 1880 >60 dB GSM 1800 Band Frequency (MHz) 1920 - 2170 Attenuation >60 dB Remark UMTS Band
640 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
The UMTS branch is additionally equipped with a Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMA) BIAS circuit. This BIAS circuit allows the DC power supply (12 VDC) of a TMA using the RF feeder cable. The appropriate power distribution unit (PDU) is part of the ANRU module. The GSM part of the diplexer is decoupled from the UMTS BIAS circuit part. If both branches (GSM and UMTS) are equipped with a tower mounted amplifier, this external diplexer cannot be used. Then all necessary equipment of a TMA (inclusive of feeders) has to be installed twice.
Side View
RF Connector DCS ANT UMTS Ground Connector DCS UMTS Mounting Flanges (with holes)
ANT
Bottom View
Figure 344: Diplexer, Mechanical Design (Example) The diplexer has six RF connectors (7/16 female) for connecting GSM BTS, UMTS BTS and antennas. A ground connector is available to connect the diplexer to ground. Two mounting flanges are used to fix the diplexer to immobile equipment near the BTSs.
641 / 910
10 Antenna Networks
642 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11 Temperature Control
The sections are supported with diagrams, if necessary. Illustrations of the FANU and FACB are also included.
643 / 910
11 Temperature Control
FACB
FACB FANU
Figure 345: Cooling System Components A FANU consists of a moulded-plastic frame containing two fan blowers (see Figure 347). The FANU is connected to the TFBP or subrack backplane. Three FANUs are controlled by one FACB. The FACB monitors the fans and provides power and digital speed control of the FANUs. The FACB is fitted on a TFBP or a subrack backplane, as required. A special case exists where two FANUs are fitted as a pair below the ACSR used in BTS A9100 outdoor configurations. These two FANUs are controlled by the BCU2 contained in the ACSR. The BCU2 monitors the fans and provides power and digital speed control of the FANUs. A feature of the cooling system is its ability to control the front and back rows of fans, independently of each other (see Figure 348). This enables the temperature inside the cabinet to be regulated more precisely. It also extends the life of the fans and keeps noise levels to a minimum.
644 / 910
11 Temperature Control
DC
IN
External
ALARM OUTPUTS
ALARM INPUTS
EXT ALARMS
SUN CONNECTION
XBCB
External Input/
XRT
Output Interface
SIDE COMPARTMENT ALARMS COMPARTMENT 1 ALARMS External Clock XCLK 1 IN Interface Group XCLK 1 OUT
KRONE CONNECT
XGPS
Group
ABIS4
ABIS3
ABIS 3&4
ABIS2
Abis
ABIS 1&2
Interface Group
ABIS1
ABIS 1 Remote Inventory Part FLAT CABLE COMPARTMENT 1 FLAT CABLE SIDE COMPARTMENT
ABIS 2
TEMP. SENSOR
RIBAT Port
Figure 346: Subrack Air Circulation The fan blowers are driven by electronically-commutated motors. These are protected against reverse polarity and blocking due to an obstruction in the fan blades. Air is taken from the front of the cabinet and forced through the subracks. The fans force the air in an upwards direction to dissipate the heat generated by the subrack modules (mainly the TREs). The FANUs at the top of the rack assist air flow by pulling the air through the rack and expelling it through grills at the top of the cabinet. Dummy panels are used to fill the FANU positions that are not equipped (indoor racks). These provide an air outlet at the back of the subrack.
645 / 910
11 Temperature Control
Power Connector
Latch
Handle
Guide Rails
646 / 910
11 Temperature Control
RI EEPROM
Regulator
Fan Speed
Regulator
20 VDC to 40 VDC
Figure 348: FACB Architecture The FACB activates the fans within the temperature range: -40 C to + 70 C. However, at very low temperatures, in the range -40 C to -10 C, the fans operate without digital speed control.
647 / 910
11 Temperature Control
RI EEPROM
Power Supply
11.1.2.2 Fuse
The input of the FACB is protected by a fuse with a high breaking capacity (3.5 A).
648 / 910
11 Temperature Control
Connector
Controller
11.1.2.6 Alarms
Two independent fan alarms, for the front and back rows, can be raised under the control of the FACB. An alarm is raised when a fan-related output voltage is out of tolerance. The following table lists the voltage threshold-tolerances before an alarm is raised. Voltage U Front U Back Threshold Min. 13 V 13 V Threshold Max. 20 V 20 V
649 / 910
11 Temperature Control
Connector Identity
X110
X111
X112
Equipment Label
X117 X116
FACB
X113
Ground 48 VDC
Pin 1, Row A
Figure 350: TFBP Connector Layout The following table lists and describes the TFBP connectors. Connector X110, X111, X112 X116 X117 Type R 1/3, male Description FANU Connectors
The FACB connectors are linked to the FANU connectors via the TFBP printed wiring. Ribbon Cable Power
X100 X113
650 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.2 HEX2
HEX2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It maintains the correct air environment within the cabinets. The airflow within the cabinets is isolated from the outside environment. HEX2 is mounted on the inside of the compartment door. It cools the internal air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components of HEX2.
Air Outlet Temperature Sensor HEX2 Inner Fans Warm Air Inlet Air Outlet Warm Air Inlet
HEX2
FANU Outer Fans Cool Air Outlet Air Inlet Cool Air Outlet
FANU
Air Inlet
Figure 351: HEX2 Main Components HEX2 is a box which is divided into inner and outer compartments by a heat sink cassette. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner compartment by the inner fans. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and returned to the cabinet as cool air. The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fans. The fan controller is contained in a control box. When the internal temperature reaches 20 C, the inner fans switch on and operate at minimum speed. When the internal temperature reaches 30 C, the outer fans switch on and also operate at minimum speed. As the temperature rises further, fan speed increases for both the inner and outer fans. If the temperature sensor fails or is disconnected, all fans operate at maximum speed and an alarm is raised.
651 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.2.1 LED(s)
There are three versions of HEX2, two with only one LED and another one with four LEDs, where the reason for the alarm is shown in more detail (but only on the module itself): Versions with one LED (versions ADAC, ADCA) There is one LED on the front of the control box. It illuminates when there is an alarm Version with four LEDs (version ADBA) There are the following four LEDs on the module: High/Low Temp: Temperature sensor failure, inside temperature above 70 C or below -60 C Heater: Heater failure (not used; not correlated to HEAT2) Ext. Fan: External fan failure Int. Fan: Internal fan failure. But the alarm raised by HEX2 is only an accumulative alarm.
11.2.2 Alarms
HEX2 raises an alarm when: A fan fails The temperature sensor is disconnected The controller is faulty The internal temperature reaches 70 C.
652 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.2.3 Appearance
The following figure shows the front and the two possible rear views of HEX2.
Temperature Sensor Connector LEDs: LED Fan Fan Cables Control Box Alarm Connector DC Connector Door Side Rear Side (Version ADCA) *) *) Version ADCA has only the left fan and internal cabling Rear Side (Version ADBA) High/Low Temp Heater Ext. Fan Int. Fan
11.2.4 Connectors
The following table describes the HEX2 control box connectors. Connector DC Connector Alarm Connector Type 9-pin Sub-D male 9-pin Sub-D female Description 48 VDC power in. Alarm out.
653 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.3 HEX3/HEX4
HEX3 and HEX4 are used in Multistandard BTS outdoor versions. They maintain the correct air environment within the cabinets. Fresh air cooling is not allowed in the outdoor BTSs. Therefore the airflow within the cabinets is isolated from the outside environment. HEX4 is mounted on the inside of the MBO1 door, HEX3 is mounted on the inside of the MBOE door. They cool the internal air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components of HEX3 and HEX4.
Temperature Sensor
HEX3/4
Air Outlet
Inner Fan
HEX2
Outer Compartment Subrack Inner Compartment FANU Outer Fan Cool Air Outlet
Air Inlet
Figure 353: HEX3/HEX4 Main Components HEX3 and HEX4 are boxes which are divided into inner and outer circuits by a heat sink cassette (core). The core consists of thermal conductive material allowing heat exchange between both circuits. The air is circulated by one blower in each circuit. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner compartment by the inner fan. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and returned to the cabinet as cool air. The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fan.
654 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.3.3 Alarm
There is one alarm output per heat exchanger. An alarm is raised when: At least one blower fails Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited The controller is faulty Temperature exceeds 70 C Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure). The response can be delayed up to 5 seconds after the failure occurs.
11.3.4 LED
An alarm indication is implemented by means of a visible red LED located on the lid (inner circuit side). The red LED is lit in case of an alarm.
655 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.3.6 Appearance
The following figure shows the front and the rear views of the HEX3/HEX4. Note that the HEX3 and HEX4 only differ in width and weight.
Door Side Front Side DCand Alarm Connector Fan Air Outlet* LED Test Connector Equipment Labels Air Inlet (Protected with grid)
Air Outlet (Protected with grid if necessary) Fan Guiding tubes for fixing bolts
11.3.7 Connectors
The following table describes the HEX3/HEX4 connectors. Connector DC and Alarm Connector Test Connector Type 9-pin Sub-D male Description 48 VDC power in (fuse T6.3 A) Alarm out. Connection of external temperature simulator.
656 / 910
11 Temperature Control
657 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.4 HEX5
HEX5 is used in Compact BTS Outdoor (CBO) versions. It maintains the correct air environment within the cabinets. Fresh air cooling is not allowed in the outdoor BTSs. Therefore the air flow within the cabinets is isolated from the outside environment. HEX5 is mounted on the inside of the CBO door. It cools the internal air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components of HEX5.
Temperature Sensor
HEX5
Air Outlet
Inner Fan
HEX2
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
Subrack
Outer Fan
Air Inlet
Figure 355: HEX5 Main Components HEX5 is a box which is divided into inner and outer circuits by a heat sink cassette (core). The core consists of thermal conductive material allowing heat exchange between both circuits. The air is circulated by one blower in each circuit. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner compartment by the inner fan. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and returned to the cabinet as cool air. The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fan.
658 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.4.3 Alarm
There is one alarm output per heat exchanger. An alarm is raised when: At least one blower fails Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited The controller is faulty Temperature exceeds 70 C Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure). The response can be delayed up to 15 seconds. after the failure occurs.
11.4.4 LED
An alarm indication is implemented by means of a visible red LED located on the lid (inner circuit side): The red LED is lit flashing in case of a temperature/temperature sensor alarm The red LED is lit continuously in case of a fan alarm.
659 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.4.6 Appearance
The following figure shows the front and the rear views of HEX5.
Door Side Rear Side
Air Outlet
Air Intlet
Air Outlet
Water Outlet
11.4.7 Connectors
The following table describes the HEX5 connectors. Connector DC and Alarm Connector Test Connector Type 9-pin Sub-D male 9-pin Sub-D female Description 48 VDC power in (fuse T6.3 A) Alarm out. Connection of external temperature simulator.
660 / 910
11 Temperature Control
661 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.5 HEX8/HEX9
HEX8 and HEX9 are used in Multistandard BTS Evolution outdoor versions. They maintain the correct air environment within the cabinets. Fresh air cooling is not allowed in the outdoor BTSs. Therefore the airflow within the cabinets is isolated from the outside environment. HEX9 is mounted on the inside of the MBO1E door, HEX8 is mounted on the inside of the MBOEE door. They cool the internal air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components of HEX8 and HEX9.
Temperature Sensor
HEX8/9
Air Outlet
Inner Fan
HEX2
Outer Compartment Subrack Inner Compartment FANU Outer Fan Cool Air Outlet
Air Inlet
Figure 357: HEX8/HEX9 Main Components HEX8 and HEX9 are boxes which are divided into inner and outer circuits by a heat sink cassette (core). The core consists of thermal conductive material allowing heat exchange between both circuits. The air is circulated by one blower in each circuit. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner compartment by the inner fan. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and returned to the cabinet as cool air. The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fan.
662 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.5.3 Alarm
There is one alarm output per heat exchanger. An alarm is raised when: At least one blower fails Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited The controller is faulty Temperature exceeds 70 C Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure). The response can be delayed up to 5 seconds after the failure occurs.
11.5.4 LED
An alarm indication is implemented by means of a visible red LED located on the lid (inner circuit side). The red LED is lit in case of an alarm.
663 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.5.6 Appearance
The following figure shows the front and the rear views of the HEX8/HEX9. Note that the HEX8 and HEX9 only differ in width and weight.
Door Side Front Side DCand Alarm Connector Fan Air Outlet* LED Test Connector Equipment Labels Air Inlet (Protected with grid)
Air Outlet (Protected with grid if necessary) Fan Guiding tubes for fixing bolts
11.5.7 Connectors
The following table describes the HEX8/HEX9 connectors. Connector DC and Alarm Connector Test Connector Type 9-pin Sub-D male Description 48 VDC power in (fuse T6.3 A) Alarm out. Connection of external temperature simulator.
664 / 910
11 Temperature Control
665 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.6 DAC8/DAC9
DAC8 and DAC9 are used in Multistandard BTS Evolution outdoor versions. They maintain the correct air environment within the cabinets using fresh air cooling. DAC9 is mounted on the inside of the MBO1E door, DAC8 is mounted on the inside of the MBOEE door. They cool the internal air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components of DAC8 and DAC9.
DAC8/9
Air Outlet
Subrack
FANU
FANU
Fan Door Air Inlet with Filter Mat Fresh Air Channel
Subrack
FANU
FANU
Fan
Subrack
FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
Figure 359: DAC8/DAC9 Main Components The DAC8 and DAC9 consists of metal boxes with an air inlet and an air outlet in the front side as shown in Figure 359. In these cut-outs filter mats are mounted. Compared to HEX system, where the air inside of the cabinet is separated from ambient air, the DAC system uses fresh air to cool the equipment inside of the cabinet. The ambient air is drawn by fans through the hydrophobic filter mat and blown into the BTS through cut-outs directly below the subracks. There it arises to the top of the BTS and leaves it by the air outlet. The air outlet is protected against intrusion of water and insects by a filter mat and an additional fly screen.
666 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.6.4 Alarm
There is one alarm output per cooling unit. An alarm is raised when: At least one blower fails Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited The controller is faulty Temperature exceeds 70 C Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure). The response can be delayed up to 15 seconds after the failure occurs.
11.6.5 LED
An alarm indication is implemented by means of a visible red LED located on the lid (inner circuit side). The red LED is lit in case of an alarm.
667 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.6.7 RS232
The RS232 port allows the connection of an external terminal to readout the fan speed..
11.6.8 Appearance
The following figure shows the front and the rear views of the DAC8/DAC9. Note that the DAC8 and HEX9 only differ in width and weight.
Door Side Front Side DC and Alarm Connector RS232 LED Test Connector
Equipment Labels
Air Outlet
Fan
Fan
Air Outlet
668 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.6.9 Connectors
The following table describes the DAC8/DAC9 connectors. Connector DC and Alarm Connector Temperature and Test Connector RS232 Type 9-pin Sub-D male Description 48 VDC power in (fuse T6.3 A) Alarm out. Connection of external temperature simulator. For readout the fan speed.
RJ45
669 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.7 HEAT2
HEAT2 is an electrical air heater used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below a predefined value. HEAT2 is an electro-mechanical assembly fitted to the floor, the side wall or beneath the HEX4 (MBO1) of each compartment in the outdoor BTS A9100. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Internal Thermostat External Thermostat
10
Fan
X1
X2 (Variant AA only)
Figure 361: HEAT2 Circuit Schematic The 230 VAC supply enters HEAT2 at connector X1. From there it is routed to the heater and fan (via connector X2 in case of variant AA). If, in case of variant AA, another HEAT2 is fitted, its AC supply is provided by the socket which is part of connector X2. The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C. The switch completes the circuit for the AC supply to the heater and fan. The fan blows air through the heating elements of the heater. The heater is protected by an internal thermostat. If the temperature of the heater assembly exceeds 90 C, the thermostat within the heater assembly opens a switch. This breaks the AC circuit to the heater elements.
670 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.7.1 Appearance
The HEAT2 has two variants: variant AA and variant CA. Each variant is shown separately.
11.7.1.1 Variant AA
The following figure shows the side and top views of HEAT2 variant AA.
Heater Assembly External Thermostat
Connector X2 Fan
Connector X1
Side View
Grille Screw
Temperature Adjuster
Top View
671 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.7.1.2 Variant CA
The following figure shows the side and top view of HEAT2 variant CA.
Grid Connector X1 Heater
Side View
Connection Cable L = 800 m
Connection Area
Equipment Labels
Top View
11.7.2 Connectors
The following table describes the HEAT2 connectors. Connector X1 X2 (Variant AA only) Description Provides the 230 VAC input. Provides the 230 VAC source for a second, optional HEAT2.
672 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.8 HEAT3
HEAT3 is an electrical air heater used in outdoor BTS Compact versions. It switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below a predefined value. HEAT3 is an electrical assembly fitted between the bottom plate of the Compact BTS Outdoor and the lowest subrack. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Integral Temperature Limiter
External Thermostat
10 C 500 W
Heater
X1 L PE N
Figure 364: HEAT3 Circuit Schematic The 230 VAC supply enters HEAT3 at connector X1. The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C. The switch completes the circuit for the AC supply to the heater. The heater is protected by an internal thermostat. If the temperature of the heater assembly exceeds 70 C, the thermostat within the heater assembly opens a switch. This breaks the AC circuit to the heater elements.
673 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.8.1 Appearance
The following figure shows the side and top views of HEAT3.
Connector X1
Heater Plate
Heating Mat
Labels
11.8.2 Connectors
The following table describes the HEAT3 connectors. Connector X1 Description Provides the 230 VAC input.
674 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.9 HEAT4
HEAT4 is an electrical air heater used in outdoor BTS Compact versions. It switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below a predefined value. HEAT4 is an electrical assembly fitted between the bottom plate of the Compact BTS Outdoor and the lowest subrack. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Figure 366: HEAT4 Circuit Schematic The -48 VDC supply enters HEAT4 at power connector. The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C. The switch completes the circuit for the DC supply to the heater. The heater is protected by an internal thermostat. If the temperature of the heater assembly exceeds 70 C, the thermostat within the heater assembly opens a switch. This breaks the DC circuit to the heater elements.
675 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.9.1 Appearance
The following figure shows the side and top views of HEAT4.
Power Connector
Heating Mat
Heater Plate
Labels
11.9.2 Connectors
The following table describes the HEAT4 connectors. Connector Power connector Table 117: HEAT4 Connectors Description Provides the -48 VDC input.
676 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.10 HEATDC
HEAT DC is an electrical air heater used in DC A9100 MBS GSM outdoor versions. It switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below + 10 C. HEAT DC is an electro-mechanical assembly fitted to the side wall or beneath the HEX4 (MBO1) of each compartment in the DC A9100 MBS GSM outdoor. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Figure 368: HEAT DC Circuit Schematic The - 48 VDC supply enters HEAT2 at connector X1. From there it is routed to the heater and fan. The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C. The switch completes the circuit for the DC supply to the heater and fan. The fan blows air through the heating elements of the heater. The heater is protected by an internal temperature limiter in case of fan failure. If the temperature of the heater assembly exceeds 110 C, the temperature limiter opens a switch. This breaks the DC circuit to the heater elements.
677 / 910
11 Temperature Control
11.10.1 Appearance
The following figure shows the side and top views of HEATDC.
Grid Heater
Fan Angle
Side View
Connector X1
Top View
11.10.2 Connectors
The following table describes the HEATDC connectors. Connector X1 Description Provides the - 48 VDC input.
678 / 910
Air flow
679 / 910
12.1 ACIB
The ACIB is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It distributes its AC input to five output connectors. The five output connectors provide the AC power source for the PM08s. The ACIB is housed in the SRACDC. It distributes 230 VAC to the five PM08s. If the temperature in the ACIB falls below a predefined level, the AC supply to the PM08s is automatically switched off. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Output 1 /3 PE N L1/L3 PE N L1/L3 PE N Input 1 /3 L1/L3 L1/L2 L1/L2 Relay PE N L1/L2 PE N L1/L1 20 Temperature Sensor PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1
L1/L1
N PE
PE = Permanent Earth
Figure 370: ACIB Circuit Schematic The ACIB input connector is connected to the ACSB where provision is made for 1 or 3 operation. If the cabinet AC supply is: 230 VAC 1 - each of the three live wires in the input connector receives the same, single phase L1. The PM08s connected to the output connectors also receive the phase L1. 400 VAC 3 - each of the three live wires in the input connector receives a different phase, L1, L2 or L3. The PM08s connected to the output connectors share the L1, L2 and L3 phases, as shown in the above figure. The AC input is connected to the five AC outputs via a relay which is controlled by a temperature sensor. When the temperature is above -20 C, the AC input is connected to the five AC output connectors. If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on, there is no AC supply to the PM08s. This means that the 0/ -48 VDC supply is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power is available to the HEAT2s. When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMP switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational.
680 / 910
Warning Label
AC In Equipment Labels
AC Out
3 2 1
12.1.2 Connectors
The following table describes the ACIB front panel connectors. Connector AC In AC Out 1- 5 Description Provides a 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3 input. Provides 230 VAC 1 outputs for the five PM08s.
681 / 910
12.2 LPFC
The LPFC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor cabinets. Its functions are: Connection of AC mains to the BTS Lightning protection of the AC mains In Line filtering. The following figure shows the block diagram of the LPFC.
Lightning Protectors
Metal Box
Bolt M6
Figure 372: LPFC Block Diagram The multistandard BTS outdoor cabinet is supplied with 230 VAC 1 . The LPFC is mounted above the cables entry compartment. The cover of the LPFC has a window which allows checking the lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
682 / 910
Handle
LPFC Cover
AC Mains In
12.3 LPFMT
The LPFMT is used in multistandard BTS outdoor tropical cabinets. Its functions are: Connection of AC mains to the BTS Lightning protection of the AC mains In Line filtering. The following figure shows the block diagram of the LPFMT.
Lightning Protectors
PE
PE
Metal Box
Bolt M6
Figure 374: LPFMT Block Diagram The multistandard BTS outdoor cabinet is supplied with 230 VAC 1phase.
683 / 910
The LPFMT is mounted on the left upper side of the MBO1T cabinet. The cover of the LPFMT has a window which allows checking the lightning protection modules without removing the cover. The following figure shows the LPFMT top view.
ACout to ACMUT
INDICATION LIGHTN. PROTECT.
LPFCT Cover
Recess in cover
12.4 LPFM
The LPFM is used in multistandard BTS outdoor cabinets. Its functions are: Connection of AC mains to the BTS Lightning protection of the AC mains In Line filtering. The following figure shows the block diagram of the LPFM.
Lightning Protectors
L2 L1 N PE
L2 L1 N PE
Metal Box
Bolt M6
Figure 376: LPFM Block Diagram The multistandard BTS outdoor cabinet can be supplied with 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3. If the cabinet AC supply is: 230 VAC 1 - the three AC In terminals are connected by a bridge, i.e., each of the three live wires receives the same, single phase L1.
684 / 910
400 VAC 3 - each of the three live wires at the AC In terminals receives a different phase, L1, L2 or L3. The LPFM is mounted on the left upper side of the MBO1 cabinet. The cover of the LPFM has a window which allows checking the lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
685 / 910
LPFM Cover
L2 L3
ACout to ACMU
Recess in cover
L1
12.5 LPFU
The LPFU is used in outdoor BTS A9100 configurations. Its functions are: Connection of AC mains to the BTS Lightning protection of the AC mains In Line filtering. The following figure shows the block diagram of version AA (three phases).
Lightning Protectors
L2 L1 N PE
L2 L1 N PE
Metal Box
Bolt M6
Figure 378: LPFU Version AA, Block Diagram The outdoor BTS can be supplied with 230 VAC 1 or 400 VAC 3. If the cabinet AC supply is: 230 VAC 1 - the three AC In terminals are connected by a bridge, i.e., each of the three live wires receives the same, single phase L1 400 VAC 3 - each of the three live wires at the AC In terminals receives a different phase, L1, L2 or L3.
686 / 910
The following figure shows the LPFU top view with its cover removed.
Glands PE AC in Terminals PG29 PG16 L1 Lightning Protectors AC Filter 3 phases L2 L3 N N 1 2 3
Bolt M6
Figure 379: LPFU Version AA, Top View (with Cover Removed)
12.6 ACDUE
The AC Distribution Unit is used for MBO1E cabinets. The ACDUE contains: AC cable access in bottom inside the Filter/OVP part 3-phase input (L1, L2, L3, N, PE) AC line filtering Surge protectors Overcurrent protection devices Thermostat. The ACDUE box is divided in two parts: Filter and OVP function in bottom AC-distribution and MCB above.
687 / 910
12.7 ACMU
The ACMU is used in multistandard BTS outdoor configurations. Its functions are: Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning and Service Lights (with AC power sockets) Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers. The following figure shows the block diagram.
N Temperature Sensor
N
20
K1
L1
to PM12/1
L2
to PM12/2
L3
to PM12/3
L2
to Heat2/Airc.
L3
F1
PE
PE
688 / 910
The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the three AC/DC converters via a relay which is controlled by a temperature sensor. When the temperature is above -20 C, the AC input is connected to the three AC output connectors. If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on, there is no AC Supply to the PM12s. This means that the 0/ -48 V supply is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power is available to the HEAT2. When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 become operational.
689 / 910
Warning Label
L1 F5
BTS L2 F4
HEATING L3 F3 F2
SERVICE + LIGHT F1
Equipment Label
Warning Label
12.8 ACMUT
The ACMUT is used in multistandard BTS outdoor tropical configurations. Its functions are: Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters and air conditioning Switching the AC line to the connected modules by using circuit breakers. The following figure shows the block diagram.
N N AC Mains In 1 Phase ACMains Connection L Circuit Breaker F5
L
up to three PM12/1
PE
PE
Figure 383: ACMUT Block Diagram The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the three AC/DC converters. The following figure shows the ACMUT front panel.
WARNING: TO ISOLATE THE COMPLETE SYSTEM SWITCH OFF THE AC MAINS AND BATTERY BREAKER
L1 F5
12.9 ACSU
The ACSU is used in outdoor BTS A9100 configurations. Its functions are:
690 / 910
Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning and Service Lights (with AC power sockets) Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers. The following figure shows the block diagram for CODI/CODE/CPT2.
N Temperature Sensor N 20 distributed to all modules
to PM12/1
L3
L3
to PM12/3
L1
to Heat2/Airc.
L2
to Heat2/Airc.
L3
to Heat2/Airc.
L1
PE PE
Figure 385: CODI/CODE/CPT2, ASCU Block Diagram The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the three AC/DC converters via a relay which is controlled by a temperature sensor. When the temperature is above -20 C, the AC input is connected to the two or three AC output connectors. If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on, there is no AC Supply to the PM12s. This means that the 0/ -48 V supply is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power is available to the HEAT2. When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 become operational. The following figure shows the ACSU front panel of CODI/CODE/CPT2.
BTS L1 F7 L2 F6 L3 F5 HEATING L1 F4 L2 F3 L3 F2 F1 SERVICE + LIGHT Warning Label
12.10 ACUC
The ACUC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor (CBO) configurations.
691 / 910
Its functions are: Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning and AC power socket Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers. The following figure shows the block diagram.
F4 1
V=10 C
2
PE 1 X1 PE N L
N 2 X2 X3
L 3
F1
F2
F3 L
L N L X4 4 X5
PE 5 X6
N 6 X21
N 7 X7
L 8 X8 X9
PE 9
PE
N PE L N PE L
N PE L
TO PM12
TO HEAT3
Figure 387: ACUC Block Diagram The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the two AC/DC converters. From -33 C the AC power is applied to the PM12 modules, FAN units and to HEAT3. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on the telecommunications modules and the CBO become operational. When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 10 C, the HEAT3 is switched off.
692 / 910
BTS F1
SERVICE SOCKET S1
WARNING: TO ISOLATE THE COPMPLETE SYSTEM SWITCH OFF THE ACMAINS AND BATTERY BREAKER
12.11 APOD
The APOD is used in indoor BTS A9100 versions that use an AC power supply. It distributes its AC input to five output connectors. The five output connectors provide the AC power source for the PM08s. The DC output from the PM08s is then distributed to the subracks and other equipment by the APOD. The APOD is housed in the ASIB. It distributes 230 VAC to the five PM08s. The DC supply produced by the PM08s is connected to the remaining modules in the cabinet via the circuit breakers located on the APOD, as shown in the following figure.
AC Circuit Breaker APOD
L Input 1 N PE DC Circuit Breakers INT Subrack 4 Subrack 3 48 VDC Subrack 2 Subrack 1 EXT 0 VDC PE DC Bus 6 5 4 3 2 1 PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1
693 / 910
Equipment Labels
12.11.2 Connectors
The following table describes the APOD front panel connectors. Connector AC Input INT, SR1, SR2, SR3, SR4, EXT AC Out 1- 5 Description AC Input Circuit Breaker. DC Output Circuit Breakers. Provides 230 VAC 1 outputs for the five PM08s.
694 / 910
12.12 PM08
PM08 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet equipment.
PM08/5
PM08/4
PM08/3
PM08/2
PM08/1
BCU1
Figure 391: PM08 Load-Sharing The BCU1 performs the functions listed in the following table for the PM08s. Control PM08 outputs are connected to the SRACDC backplane DC Bus and monitored by BCU1. When the output voltage changes because of a changed load, the PM08s automatically compensate for the change. BCU1 controls the overall output voltage of the PM08s. The nominal -48 V output is typically -54.5 V at 20 C. During battery charging, BCU1 changes the output voltage within the range -52 V to -57 V. During battery testing, the output voltage can be reduced to -44 V. The DC Bus provides DC power to the DCDP and the BU41, via the BACO. Alarm Collection The PM08 raises alarms for both Mains power failure and power module failure. The alarm is collected by the BCU1. For more information on alarms, refer to PM08 Electrical Characteristics (Section 12.12.2). Table 121: BCU1 Functions for PM08
695 / 910
The PM08 can be operated at 110 VAC if the output power is limited to 500 W.
Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM08 are protected by fast acting 10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing protective caps on the modules front panel.
Parameter -54.5 VDC -50 VDC to -58 VDC U in 15 % 5 % of output voltage 0.2 % 2 ms < 400 mV p-p
Note:
If the BCU1 fails or is not fitted, the PM08 produces an output of -52 VDC (0.25 V). If batteries are not fitted, the default voltage is produced at all times.
696 / 910
697 / 910
Handle
12.12.3.2 Connectors
The only PM08 front panel connector is AC In, an IEC 320 connector for coded conditions, where the 230 VAC input cable from the ACIB is plugged in.
698 / 910
12.13 PM11
The PM11 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the ACSR is employed. PM11 converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet equipment.
Control Alarms
PM11/4
PM11/3
PM11/2
PM11/1
BCU2
Figure 393: PM11 Load-Sharing The BCU2 performs the functions listed in the following table for the PM11s. Control PM11 outputs are connected to the ACSR backplane DC Bus and monitored by the BCU2. When the output voltage changes because of a changed load, the PM11s automatically compensate for the change. The BCU2 controls the overall output voltage of the PM11s. The nominal -48 V output is typically -54.5 V at 20 C. During battery charging, the BCU2 changes the output voltage within the range -52 V to -57 V. During battery testing, the output voltage can be reduced to -44 V. The DC Bus provides DC power to the BOBU and the BU41 or BU100, via the BAC2. Alarm Collection The PM11 raises alarms for both Mains power failure and power module failure. The alarm is collected by the BCU2. For more information on alarms, refer to PM11 Electrical Characteristics (Section 12.13.2). Table 126: BCU2 Functions for PM11
699 / 910
The PM11 can be operated at 110 VAC if the output power is limited to 500 W.
Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM11 are protected by fast acting 10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing protective caps on the modules front panel.
Parameter -54.6 VDC -50 VDC to -57 VDC U in 15 % 5 % of output voltage 0.2 % 2 ms < 400 mV p-p
Note:
If the BCU2 fails or is not fitted, the PM11 produces an output of -52 VDC (0.25 V). If batteries are not fitted, the default voltage is produced at all times.
700 / 910
701 / 910
Status LED
Handle
Labels
Fuses
702 / 910
12.14 PM12
The PM12 converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet equipment. The PM12 is used in indoor and outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the SUMA is employed.
Table 131: PM12 Output Power Values Two to four PM12s (PM12/1 - PM12/4) are fitted in parallel with load sharing (see Figure 246 or MBO1/MBO2 AC/DC Power Supply System (247)) controlled by a local sharing bus. The OMU performs the functions listed in the following table for the PM12s.
703 / 910
Control
PM12 outputs are connected via ADAM/ADAM4 to the STASR backplane DC Bus and monitored by the OMU. When the output voltage changes because of a changed load, the PM12s automatically compensate for the change. OMU controls the overall output voltage of the PM12s. Default output voltage without OMU control is 52.2V. Depending on battery cell voltage set in RIBAT/OUTC, OMU sets the output voltage of PM12 in range 52.2-57V. The DC Bus provides DC power to the: BOBU/BOMU/BOSU BU41, BU100 or BU101, via the ADAM/ADAM4.
Alarm Collection
The PM12 raises alarms for both Mains power failure and power module failure. The alarm is collected by the OMU. For more information on alarms, refer to PM12 Electrical Characteristics (Section 12.14.2).
704 / 910
12.14.2.2 Fuses
Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM12 are protected by fast acting 10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing the cover of the module.
Parameter -54.5 VDC (in case of Ucell=2.27V) -50 VDC to -57 VDC U in 15 % 5 % of output voltage 0.2 % 2 ms < 400 mV p-p
705 / 910
706 / 910
AC In Connector
Status LED
ON
Handle
Equipment Labels
707 / 910
12.15 PM18
The PM18 converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet equipment. PM18 are used in outdoor BTS or MBS. The consists of the subrack PM18SR which contains a control unit PM18C, up to 3 rectifier PM18R and a temperature sensor. Each rectifier has an output power of 1800 W. The PM18C controls the the power modules and handles the alarm reporting to the SUMU via XBCB and RS232. The battery management is done by the PM18C internally of the power supply without any control functions of the SUMA.
PM18 -52.5 VDC -54VDC -42 -57 VDC +/-10 % +/-10 % 50 ms < 200 mV p-p
708 / 910
12.15.2 LEDs
12.15.2.1 PM18SR
The PM18SR from Cherokee has a single LED on it. LED LVD (Low Voltage Disconnection) Color Green State ON OFF Description Battery connected Battery not connected
Blinking OFF
The PM18C from H+S has two LEDs on its front panel. The following table shows the LED states for the H+S PM18C. LED ON Color Green Status ON OFF Description Normal operational conditions Module not operational
709 / 910
LED Alarm
Color Red
Status ON OFF
The H+S PM18R has two LEDs on its front panel. The following table shows the LED states. LED ON Color Green State ON OFF Fault Red ON OFF Description Normal operational conditions Module not operational Fault Normal operational conditions
710 / 910
12.15.3 Fuses
Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM18 are protected by fuses. PM PM18 Fuses 12.5 A, medium delay
The fuses are accessed by removing the protective caps on the modules front panel.
711 / 910
Fault ON
XBCB
Fault ON
Mains Connectors
Fault ON
Battery Breaker
AC
Batt
DC
OVP
OTP
Batt + OUT
AC
DC
OVP
OTP
AC
DC
OVP
OTP
OUT
Mains Connectors
712 / 910
12.15.6 Weight
PM PM18 Rectifier PM18 Subrack H+S PM18 Subrack Cherokee Weight 3 kg / module 5 kg 7,5 kg
713 / 910
12.16 BCU1
The BCU1 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It controls the DC output voltage and battery operation.
0 VDC 48 VDC
BACO
SRACDC
BU41
Figure 398: BCU1 Interconnections The BCU1 connects to the PM08s, ACRI and BACO via the SRACDC backplane. The voltages across the shunt resistors provide the BCU1 with a measurement of the currents drawn. BU41 contains up to two battery groups which are referred to as branches. Each branch provides -48 VDC. The functions performed are: PM08 control Alarm supervision Battery management.
714 / 910
715 / 910
12.16.2.1 LEDs
The following table describes the front panel LEDs. LED On Color Green State On Off Bat. Red On Off Test Yellow On Off Table 138: BCU1 LED Descriptions Description Normal state - BCU1 internal reference voltage is available. BCU1 faulty. Battery backup in operation (battery discharging) or battery malfunction. Normal state. n/a Normal state.
12.16.2.2 LCD
The BCU1 has an LCD on its front panel (see Figure 399). Information is viewed using the front panel Function and Status buttons to scroll through several display options. The LCD provides two rows of alphanumeric information where each row consists of eight characters. The first row displays a message and the second row displays associated parameters or choices.
12.16.2.3 Alarms
The BCU1 collects alarms and reports them to the ACRI. The alarms are described in the following table. Alarm Type BCU1 Fault PM08 Failure AC Failure Battery Malfunction Description The internal reference voltage used by the BCU1 has failed. The alarm information specifies the identity number of the failed module and the number of modules fitted. The AC mains supply has failed or been switched off. The identity number of the battery branch that failed is reported. A battery malfunction occurs if: The battery was automatically disconnected because of a malfunction during charging Deep discharge protection occurred. Table 139: BCU1 Alarms
716 / 910
717 / 910
Status LEDs
On Test Bat.
LCD Display
Control Buttons
Function
Status
RS232
Handle
12.17 BCU2
The BCU2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the ACSR is employed. It: Controls the DC output voltage and battery operation Collects alarms from the ACSR modules Controls the ACSR FANUs Provides the interface to the BTS Remote Inventory function.
0 VDC 48 VDC
ACSR
BU41 or BU100
718 / 910
BCU2 connects to the PM11s and BAC2 via the ACSR backplane. The voltages across the shunt resistors provide BCU2 with a measurement of the currents drawn. BU41 contains up to two battery groups and BU100 contains one battery group. These battery groups are referred to as branches. Each branch provides -48 VDC. The functions performed are: PM11 control Alarm supervision Battery management ACRI system functions.
Modified FACB
719 / 910
XBCB
The BCU2 contains a BCB ASIC that transfers information to the OMU in the SUMP via the XBCB. This consists of: Alarms from modified FACB Alarms internal to the BCU2 Alarms from the battery and PM11s Remote Inventory information.
RI
The BCU2 contains a Remote Inventory that is used to store information about the module (part number, name, serial number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM which is connected to the BCB ASIC.
720 / 910
12.17.2.1 LEDs
The following table describes the front panel LEDs. LED On Color Green State ON OFF Bat. Red ON OFF Test Yellow ON OFF Power ON ON Description Normal state - BCU2 internal reference voltage is available. BCU2 faulty. Battery backup in operation (battery discharging) or battery malfunction. Normal state. n/a Normal state. When XBCB bus is connected and OK and internal power supply (48V/5V converter) is operational. Otherwise.
12.17.2.2 LCD
The BCU2 has an LCD on its front panel (see Figure 401). Information is viewed using the front panel Function and Status buttons to scroll through several display options. The LCD provides one row of alphanumeric information where the row consists of eight characters.
12.17.2.3 Alarms
The BCU2 collects alarms and reports them to the OMU on the SUMP. The alarms are described in the following table. Alarm Type BCU2 Fault Description The internal reference voltage used by the BCU2 has failed. The alarm information specifies the identity number of the failed module and the number of modules fitted. The AC mains supply has failed or been switched off.
PM11 Failure
AC Failure
721 / 910
Description The status of the two FANUs located below the ACSR. The identity number of the battery branch that failed is reported. A battery malfunction occurs if: The battery was automatically disconnected because of a malfunction during charging Deep discharge protection occurred.
722 / 910
723 / 910
Status LEDs
On Test Bat.
LCD Display
Control Buttons
Function
Status
RS232
Handle
Power ON
12.17.4 Connectors
The following table describes the BCU2 front panel connectors. Connector Temperature Description For connection of temperature sensor from BU41 or BU100. Provides a: + 5 VDC signal to enable ANPS Serial interface for the transfer of alarms and Remote Inventory information to the OMU. Table 143: BCU2 Front Panel Connectors
XBCB
724 / 910
12.18 BACO
The BACO is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It interconnects the batteries and the DC outputs of the PM08s. The BACO contains: Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the batteries Relays for automatic isolation of the batteries, controlled by the BCU1. The BACO is housed in the SRACDC. It interconnects up to two battery branches to the SRACDC backplane DC bus. The battery branches must be of the same type and capacity. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 Circuit Breakers BATOUT+ 48 VDC nom. K1 BATOUT Branch 1 RELBATT1 UBATT 48 VDC nom. K2 To BCU1 Branch 2 RELBATT2 Sensor Signals Temperature Sensor DC Bus Shunt BACO SRACDC Backplane
Figure 402: BACO Circuit Schematic Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the batteries during battery maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically when the current drawn exceeds 60 A. During an AC mains failure, BU41 provides battery power to the DC bus via relays K1 and K2, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge becomes excessive, BCU1 deactivates the relays to isolate the batteries. Relays K1 and K2 are controlled by the signals RELBATT1 and RELBATT2, respectively. During battery charging and discharging, the relays operate simultaneously. During battery testing, they operate independently.
725 / 910
Equipment Labels
Warning Label
12.18.2 Connectors
The following table describes the BACO connectors. Connector X200 Description Connects battery temperature sensor signals to SRACDC backplane. Connects to battery terminals. There are two cables for each branch.
Battery Connectors
726 / 910
12.19 BAC2
The BAC2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It interconnects the batteries and the DC outputs of the PM08s or PM11s. The BAC2 contains: Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the batteries Relays for automatic isolation of the batteries, controlled by the BCU2. The BAC2 is housed in the ACSR. It interconnects up to two battery branches to the ACSR backplane DC bus. The battery branches must be of the same type and capacity. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 or BU100 Circuit Breakers BATOUT+ 48 VDC nom. K1 BATOUT Branch 1 RELBATT1 UBATT 48 VDC nom. K2 To BCU2 DC Bus Shunt
BAC2
ACSR Backplane
RELBATT2
Figure 404: BAC2 Circuit Schematic Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the batteries during battery maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically when the current drawn exceeds 60 A. During an AC mains failure, BU41 or BU100 provides battery power to the DC bus via relays K1 and K2, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge becomes excessive, BCU2 deactivates the relays to isolate the batteries. Relays K1 and K2 are controlled by the signals RELBATT1 and RELBATT2, respectively. During battery charging and discharging, the relays operate simultaneously. During battery testing, they operate independently.
727 / 910
Equipment Labels
12.19.2 Connectors
The following table describes the BAC2 connectors. Connector Battery Connectors Description Connects to battery terminals. There are two cables for each branch.
728 / 910
12.20 ABAC
The ABAC is used in indoor BTS A9100 versions that use an AC power supply. It interconnects the batteries and the DC outputs of the PM08s. The ABAC contains: Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the battery Relays for automatic isolation of the battery, controlled by the BCU1. The ABAC is housed in the ASIB. It interconnects a maximum of one battery branch to the ASIB backplane DC bus. The battery branch can be BU41 or BU100. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 or BU100 Circuit Breakers BATOUT+ 48 VDC nom. K1 BATOUT Branch 1 RELBATT1 UBATT To BCU1 Sensor Signals Temperature Sensor DC Bus Shunt
ABAC
ASIB Backplane
Figure 406: ABAC Circuit Schematic Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the battery branch during battery maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically when the current drawn exceeds 60 A. During an AC mains failure, BU41 or BU100 provides battery power to the DC bus via relay K1, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge becomes excessive, the BCU1 deactivates the relay to isolate the battery branch. Relay K1 is controlled by the signal RELBATT1.
729 / 910
+
Equipment Labels
12.20.2 Connectors
The following table describes the ABAC connectors. Connector X200 Description Connects battery temperature sensor signals to the ASIB backplane. Connects to battery terminals. There are two cables only (one branch).
Battery Connectors
730 / 910
12.21 ADAM
ADAM is used in the AC/DC power supply of BTS A9100 configurations as the interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power distribution inside the BTS. ADAM consists of: An air permeable metal frame, mounted in one-half of a STASR above the PM12s (see the following figure) A small backpanel with the connectors for three PM12s and a terminal for the wiring of the BTS. In addition, the ADAM contains on its backpanel: The relay for battery protection The relay control A shunt for measuring the battery current. The following figure shows the position of ADAM in the STASR.
ADAM
PM12
731 / 910
Battery Shunt
PM12/2 Signals
PM12/3
Figure 409: ADAM Block Diagram The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the lower limit, the relay separates the -48 VDC line of the battery. The relay has its own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.
732 / 910
12.21.2 Appearance
The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM.
12.21.3 Connectors
On the backpanel there are three connectors for the PM12s. Each of them contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and one for -48 VDC) and a 24-pin block for the control signals. On the front panel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks (via BOBU/BOMU/BOSU) and the back-up battery.
733 / 910
12.22 ADAM2
ADAM2 is used in the AC/DC power supply of Compact BTS Outdoor configurations as the interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power distribution inside the BTS. ADAM2 consists of: An air permeable metal frame, mounted in one-third of a STASR above the PM12s (see the following figure) A small backpanel with the connectors for two PM12s and terminal for the wiring of the BTS. In addition, the ADAM2 contains on its backpanel: The relay for battery protection The relay control A shunt for measuring the battery current. The following figure shows the position of ADAM2 in the STASR.
ADAM2
PM12
734 / 910
Relay Control
Battery Shunt
PM12/1 Signals
PM12/2
Figure 412: ADAM2 Block Diagram The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the lower limit (42 V), the relay separates the DC line of the battery. The relay has its own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.
735 / 910
12.22.2 Appearance
The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM2.
12.22.3 Connectors
On the backpanel there are two connectors for the PM12s. Each of them contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and one for -48 VDC) and a 24-pin block for the control signals. On the front panel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks (via DCUC) and the back-up battery.
736 / 910
12.23 ADAM4
ADAM4 is used in the AC/DC power supply of BTS A9100 MBO1/MBO2 configurations as the interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power distribution inside the BTS. ADAM4 is installed in combination with two to four PM12s. If less than four PM12s are installed, the empty PM12 slot is covered by a dummy panel. ADAM4 consists of: An air permeable metal frame, mounted in two third of a STASR above the PM12s (see the following figure) A small backpanel with the connectors for four PM12s and terminal for the wiring of the BTS. In addition, ADAM4 contains on its backpanel: The relay for battery protection The relay control A shunt for measuring the battery current. The following figure shows the position of ADAM4 in the STASR.
ADAM4
PM12
737 / 910
Battery Shunt
PM12/2 Signals
PM12/3
PM12/4
Figure 415: ADAM4 Block Diagram The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the lower limit, the relay separates the -48 VDC line of the battery. The relay has its own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.
738 / 910
12.23.2 Appearance
The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM4.
12.23.3 Connectors
On the backpanel there are two connectors for the PM12s. Each of them contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and one for -48 VDC) and a 24-pin block for the control signals. On the front panel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks (via BOMU) and the back-up battery.
739 / 910
12.24 BU41
The BU41 is an optional feature used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure. The principal components of BU41 are four high performance, sealed, lead-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They connect in series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. Optionally, a second branch of four sealed lead-acid batteries can be fitted to double the backup period. Each battery branch is independently connected to the BACO or BAC2. Note however, that only one battery branch can be connected to an ABAC or ADAM. When two battery branches are used, both branches must consist of batteries of the same type and capacity. This is required because the charging and testing circuits assume both branches are the same. Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the BCU1/SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating. Each battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge to the external environment the gasses produced during battery charging.
740 / 910
12.24.1 Charging
The BU41 charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging) standard. The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit for the number of battery branches in use. Battery Type 40 Ah One Branch 6A Two Branches 12 A
Table 147: BU41 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery temperature. Temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C Voltage Per Cell 2.3773 2.3484 2.3215 2.2966 2.2737 2.2528 2.2339 2.2170 2.2021 2.1892 2.1783 Total Voltage ( 1%) 57.05 56.36 55.72 55.12 54.57 54.07 53.61 53.21 52.85 52.54 52.29
Note:
Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of 2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.
741 / 910
Front View
Top View
742 / 910
Upper Block
Warning Lables
Lower Block
Front View
743 / 910
12.25 BU100
The BU100 is an optional feature used in all outdoor BTS A9100 versions and in indoor versions that use an AC power supply. It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure. The principal components of the BU100 are four high performance, sealed, lead-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They connect in series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The battery branch is connected to the BACO, BAC2, ABAC or ADAM as appropriate. Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the BCU1, BCU2 or SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating. The battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge the gasses produced during battery charging to the external environment.
744 / 910
12.25.1 Charging
The BU100 charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging) standard. The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit. Battery Type 100 Ah Limit 12 A
Table 149: BU100 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery temperature. Temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C Voltage Per Cell 2.3773 2.3484 2.3215 2.2966 2.2737 2.2528 2.2339 2.2170 2.2021 2.1892 2.1783 Total Voltage ( 1%) 57.05 56.36 55.72 55.12 54.57 54.07 53.61 53.21 52.85 52.54 52.29
Note:
Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of 2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.
745 / 910
Front View
Battery Retainer
746 / 910
12.26 BU101
The BU101 is an optional feature used in Multistandard Outdoor BTS Cabinets. It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure. The principal components of the BU101 are four high performance, sealed, lead-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They are connected in series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The battery branch is connected to ADAM or ADAM4. Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating. The battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge the gases produced during battery charging to the external environment.
747 / 910
12.26.1 Charging
The BU101 charging characteristics conform to the IEC 896-2 standard. The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit. Battery Type 100 Ah Limit 12 A
Table 151: BU101 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery temperature. Temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C Voltage Per Cell 2.3773 2.3484 2.3215 2.2966 2.2737 2.2528 2.2339 2.2170 2.2021 2.1892 2.1783 Total Voltage ( 1%) 57.05 56.36 55.72 55.12 54.57 54.07 53.61 53.21 52.85 52.54 52.29
Note:
Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of 2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.
748 / 910
Upper Block
Lower Block
Warning Lables Exhausting Tube Supplier Information Lable
Front View
Top View
749 / 910
12.27 BU102
The BU102 is an optional feature used in External Battery Cabinets Outdoor. It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure. The principal components of the BU102 are four high performance, sealed, gel batteries. They are connected in series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The battery branch is connected to ADAM4 in a BTS cabinet. A temperature sensor is connected to one of the 0 V battery terminal. This monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by the SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating. The battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes divert the gases produced during battery charging to the external environment.
12.27.1 Charging
The BU102 charging characteristics conform to the IEC 896-2 standard. The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit. Battery Type 90 Ah Limit 8 A for one battery branch 16 A for more than one battery branch Table 153: BU102 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit The following table shows the charging voltage versus battery temperature in case of default setting 2.29 V/ cell. Temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C Voltage Per Cell 2.38 2.3587 2.3370 2.3162 2.295 2.2737 2.2525 2.2312 2.21 Total Voltage ( 1%) 57.125 56.616 56.1 55.59 55.08 54.57 54.06 53.55 53.04
750 / 910
To combiner Duplexer
Cleanup Oscillator
TEPAxx/ TEPADHE
ADC IF Filter RX Synth. 1 RX Synth. 2 ADC IF Filter RF Mixer LNA RX1 RF Mixer LNA RX0
To DEM on TRED
DDC
DRCS
TREA
Digital part (positioned at analog module)
751 / 910
12.28 BATS
The small battery BATS is a plug-in unit for the subrack STASR with a width of 28 TE. It is used in indoor cabinets. It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure. It contains: A block of four batteries Printed board RIBATs Temperature sensor Battery breaker. The following figure shows the block diagram.
+
SBS8
+ SBS8
SBS8
SBS8
Batteries
Circuit Breaker
Temperature Sensor
+ 48 V to ADAM
to BCB
12.28.1 Batteries
The batteries are connected in series and have nominal 48 V and a capacity of 8 Ah. A BATS can be plugged in any unused subrack position. The principal components of BATS are four high performance, sealed, lead-acid batteries that conform to the IEC 896-2 standard. They are connected in series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The DC clamps of the module are connected to the battery clamps on the front side of ADAM.
752 / 910
12.28.2 Charging
The BATS charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging) standard. The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit. Battery Type 8 Ah Charging Current Limit 2A
Table 155: BATS Battery Type and Charging Current Limit The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery temperature. Temperature 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C Voltage Per Cell 2.3773 2.3484 2.3215 2.2966 2.2737 2.2528 2.2339 2.2170 2.2021 2.1892 2.1783 Total Voltage ( 1%) 57.05 56.36 55.72 55.12 54.57 54.07 53.61 53.21 52.85 52.54 52.29
Note:
In order to avoid excessive battery gas leakage from the battery, the charging voltage must not exceed 2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.
753 / 910
12.28.4 RIBATS
The RIBATS is a small PCB mounted on the BATS frame. It collects the value of the temperature sensor and transfers this information to the OMU via the BCB. It is directly connected to a backplane connector of the STASR. The RIBATS is supplied from the BTS via the BCB, not from the batteries.
Cicuit Breaker
754 / 910
12.29 RIBAT
The RIBAT board is part of the battery. Its task is to measure the battery temperature and to provide the OMU with the temperature value and the battery Remote Inventory information which includes the information for the battery type. Knowledge of the temperature value is necessary for charging. The board contains a BCB interface to transfer the information. Dependenting on the configuration, different interfaces are used: the BCB/EBCB, XBCB. The RIBAT is supplied from the BTS, not from the batteries. The power consumption is about 100 mA.
Internal Addressing
External Addressing
NGTSL
Control Logic D XBCB IN RS 485 TTL Line term. Loop BCB IF to cascaded RIBAT A
RI EEPROM
XBCB Out
Temperature Sensor
755 / 910
756 / 910
12.29.3 Appearance
The RIBAT is a small board with a C96 connector for the flat band cable, a Sub-D 9 connector for the temperature sensor and two Sub-D 15 connectors for the XBCB input and output. The top view is shown in the following figure. The temperature sensor is mounted on one pole of the batteries to give a good thermal contact.
757 / 910
12.30 DCDP
The DCDP is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It distributes -48 VDC to the equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually. The DCDP is housed in BTS compartment 1 above the top STASR. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
0 V Input 48V Input
Line Load
X1
F1 15 A
F2 15 A
F3 25 A
F4 25 A
F5 25 A
F6 25 A
F7 25 A
F8 25 A
X1
X2
X3 X4
1 1
6 6
X5
Heat Exchanger 1
X6
Heat Exchanger 2
X7
Heat Exchanger 3
X8
Subrack 1/1
X9
X10
X11
Subrack 2/1
X12
Subrack 2/2
X13
Subrack 2/3
X14
758 / 910
The DCDP 0/ -48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output connectors, via six circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are: 15 A for F1, which supplies the connectors for the XIOB and optional equipment (such as microwave or termination of network line equipment) 15 A for F2, which supplies the connectors for the heat exchangers 25 A for F3 - F8, which supply the connectors for the STASRs. The 0 VDC input is grounded in the DCDP and connected to each output connector.
X6
X7
X8
Front View
Equipment Labels
Red 0 V
Blue 48 V
Top View
759 / 910
X5 X6 - X8
X9 - X14
760 / 910
12.31 DCDU
The DCDU is used in Compact BTS Outdoor DC versions. It distributes -48 VDC to the equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually. The DCUC is housed in the BTS compartment above the cable entry. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
0V Rail 48V Rail
Figure 428: DCDU Circuit Schematic The DCDU 0/ -48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output connectors, via six circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are: 70 A for F1, which supplies the complete BTS and is the main breaker 25 A for F2 and F3, which supply the connectors for the STASRs. 15 A for F4, which supplies the connectors for the XIOB and optional equipment (such as microwave or termination of network lines equipment) 15 A for F5, which supplies the connectors for the heat exchangers 15 A for F6, which supplies the connectors for the heater. The 0 VDC input is grounded in the DCUC and connected to each output connector.
761 / 910
0V
48V
0V 48V 0V 48V
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10
OPTIONS
HEX
XIOB
SR1
SR2
OPT
HEX
HEAT
BTS
70 A
Equipment Labels
762 / 910
763 / 910
12.32 DCDUE
The DCDUE is used in DC A9100 MBS GSM Evolution Outdoor versions. It distributes -48 VDC to the equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually. The DCDUE is housed in the left side of the BTS compartment. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
Figure 431: DCDUE Circuit Schematic The DCDUE 0/ -48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output connectors, via four circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are: 100 A for F1, which supplies the complete BTS 15 A for F2, which supplies the Service Light 15 A for F3 and F4, which supply the heaters.
764 / 910
The following figure shows the front and side views of the DCDUE.
12.33 DCMU
The DCMU is used in DC A9100 MBS GSM Outdoor versions. It distributes -48 VDC to the equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually. The DCMU is housed in the left side of the BTS compartment. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
765 / 910
EXTERNAL DC IN
48V 0V
MBO ROOF
0V BOLT
C1
0V BOLT
0V
BUSBAR CONNECTION
X9
48V
F1
F2
F3
15A
F4
70A
15A
K1
48V 48V 48V 0V 0V 0V DC IN / 48V
K2
DC IN / 48V
F5
DC OUT / 48V
1
X20
Main ground
X2 X3 X1
2
X6 X4 X7 X8 X5
_ +
DC OUT / 48V
X21
_ +
48V
0V 48V
0V
48V 0V
48V 0V
LIGHT 1 LIGHT 2
HEATDC 1
HEATDC 2
Figure 433: DCMU Circuit Schematic The DCMU 0/ -48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output connectors, via four circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are: 75 A for F1, which supplies the complete BTS 15 A for F2, which supplies the Service Light 15 A for F3 and F4, which supply the heat exchangers.
766 / 910
15A
The following figure shows the front and side views of the DCMU.
70A
15A
15A
15A
Equipment Labels
BTS SERVICE LIGHT HEATING 1 HEATING 2
F1
F2
F3
F4
Front View
Side View
767 / 910
12.34 DCUC
The DCUC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor versions. It distributes -48 VDC to the equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually. The DCUC is housed in the BTS compartment above the ACUC. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
0V Rail 0V Input
F1 SR1
F2 SR2
F3 F4 OPT HEX
0V
48V
X20
X21
0V
0V 48V
48V
X1
0V NU GND 48V 0V NU GND 48V
X2 X3
X4 X5 X6
X7 X8
X9 X10
SR 1
SR 2
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
HEX 5
XIOB
Figure 435: DCUC Circuit Schematic The DCUC 0/ -48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output connectors, via four circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are: 25 A for F1 and F2, which supply the connectors for the STASRs. 15 A for F3, which supplies the connectors for the XIOB and optional equipment (such as microwave or termination of network lines equipment) 15 A for F4, which supplies the connectors for the heat exchangers The 0 VDC input is grounded in the DCUC and connected to each output connector.
768 / 910
0V
X1 X2 X3 X4
48V
X5 X6
0V 48V 0V 48V
X7
X8 X9 X10
OPTIONS
HEX
XIOB
SR1 0V 48V
SR2
OPT
HEX
Black 0V
Blue 48V
769 / 910
770 / 910
13 ACRI
13 ACRI
The sections are supported with diagrams, where necessary, showing the functional blocks and their interfaces. A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing the connectors and controls.
771 / 910
13 ACRI
Output Voltages
FACB
FANUs
Power Alarms
XBCB
RI EEPROM
772 / 910
13 ACRI
The ACRI consists of the functional entities described in the following table. ANPS The ANPS which the -48 VDC input supply to the DC voltages required by the other components. For more information on the ANPS, refer to AN Power Supply (Section 10.1.5). The FACB reports fan faults and controls the FANUs that cool the SRACDC modules. For more information on the FANUs and FACB, refer to Fan Units (Section 11.1.1) and Fan Control (Section 11.1.2), respectively. The way in which the BCB ASIC transfers information to the OMU in the SUMP depends on the ACRI variant. For the indoor variant, the information is transferred via the BCB, available on the backplane. For the outdoor variant, the information is transferred via the XBCB connector on the front panel. This information consists of: Alarms from the FACB Alarms from the battery, PM08s and BCU1 Remote Inventory information. RI The Remote Inventory is used to store information about the module (part number, name, serial number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM which is connected to the BCB ASIC.
FACB
XBCB
773 / 910
13 ACRI
LEDs
POWER ON
Connector
Handle
Figure 438: ACRI Front Panel The ACRI XBCB connector provides a: + 5 VDC signal to enable ANPS Serial interface for the transfer of alarms and Remote Inventory information to the OMU.
774 / 910
775 / 910
14.1.2 Types
Even though the LPQG, LPQD, LPQP, and LPQM types can have different suppliers, the product numbers are always identical. The following table lists the product numbers. Type LPQG LPQD LPQP LPQM Variant Product Numbers 3BK 05817 AAAA 3BK 05818 AAAA 3BK 08691 AAAA 3BK 25444 AAAA
Table 162: Antenna Connector Lightning Protector Types and Variants The AAAA variants are functionally identical, differing only in dimensions and appearance.
776 / 910
100
Frequency (kHz)
Figure 439: Lightning Strike Power Spectrum As lightning has a power spectrum with very little energy above 100 kHz, a band-pass protection filter can be used. This passes the frequencies of interest (which are much above 100 kHz), yet rejects the low frequencies generated by lightning. The antenna connector lightning protectors perform this function using the quarter-wavelength shorting stub.
777 / 910
Signal Summed
Shield/ Chassis Ground 100 % Reflection (180 Delay) Shorting Stub = l /4 (+ 90 Delay for Signals of F = 1/l)
Short Circuit
Figure 440: Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors Equivalent Circuit During normal operation, the RF transmission signal arrives at the input of the shorting stub, where it is split. One part travels along the matched quarter-wavelength stub, thus changing its phase by 90. At the short, the signal is reflected and hence shifted by a further 180. It then travels back along the stub and is again shifted by 90 by the time it reaches the junction. The other part continues along the straight-through path. The reflected and straight-through signals are therefore exactly one cycle out of phase at the junction. The signals are summed at the junction. Apart from negligible jitter, the resulting signal is identical to the original signal. In contrast to the high frequency transmission signals, the much lower frequency lightning spectrum is not matched to the stub. Its components are, effectively, shorted to ground (as they are shifted completely out of phase by the short). At the same time, they have a negligible shift when travelling down the stub.
778 / 910
Sealing Washers
Figure 441: Lightning Protector Appearance with Shorting Stub The protectors are mounted in the plinth at the bottom of the cabinet. Each protector consists of a coaxial through-connection with the protection mechanism located below the plinth.
779 / 910
780 / 910
781 / 910
782 / 910
SV
SV B
SV B
RF feeder cables PDU PDU B AL PS B PS AL Power Distribution Unit MAB Power Supply Alarm Interface
ANx
ANx BTS
BTS
783 / 910
15.2.2 Configurations
The REK is usable in site configurations featuring one antenna per TRX, and therefore well adapted for the implementation of air combining. The technical constraints are: no TX coupling in the BTS (no ANY in the configuration), respectively the sectors, which means only one TRE transmitting on each antenna. (On the ANC, the included combiner will be disabled by removal of the two bridges and the TREs connected directly to the duplexers). The different possible site configurations are shown separately below.
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU
PDU
ANX
or
ANC
nc TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc
If RX antenna dive rsity is absolutely required, a second MAB must be installed on the path B Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 443: Cell with One TRE If RX antenna diversity is absolutely required, a second MAB must be installed on path B.
784 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU
PDU
A ANX
or
A ANC
Figure 444: Cell with two TREs and RX Antenna Diversity Active
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU1
PDU2
A ANX Sector 1
A ANX Sector 2
A ANC Sector 3
TRE 1 nc TRE 1 Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
nc
TRE 1
nc
785 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU1
PDU2
nc
On each ANC, the two bridges are removed Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU 1
PDU 2
PDU 3
A ANX Sector 1
A ANX Sector 2
A ANX Sector 3
TRE 1 TRE 2 Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
TRE 1
TRE 2
TRE 1
TRE 2
786 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU 1
PDU 2
PDU 3
nc TRE 2
TRE 2
TRE 2
On each ANC, the two bridges are removed Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
787 / 910
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
A ANC Sector 1
PDU 1
PDU 2
nc TRE 4
TRE 2
In the Outer Cell, the bridges are removed on each ANC Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 449: Extended Cell Based on ANC (and SUMA) Installation In case of an Evolium BTS 9100 equipped with ANX and SUMP, the SUMP has to be replaced by a SUMA.
INNER CELL OUTER CELL
A ANX Sector 1
MAB
MAB
MAB
MAB
PDU ANY TRE 2 TRE 4 TRE 1 TRE 3 Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit A ANX Sector 2 B A
PDU
B ANX Sector 2
TRE 1
TRE 2
TRE 3
TRE 4
788 / 910
Indoor X X X X X
Outdoor X X X X X
ANX X X X X X
ANC X X X X X
Notes (1)
MEDI MEDI
X X
X X
X X
(1) (2)
Table 164: BTS Configurations with REK (1) These BTS configurations are without TX coupling: no ANY. (2) In the 1x1...4 Low Loss part, the two bridges of each ANC are removed. For rack layouts see Configurations - Rack Layouts (Section 2).
789 / 910
D U P L E X E R
To/From Antenna
Figure 451: Block Diagram of the Bi-directional Amplifier The bi-directional amplifier is composed of: A circulator at the BTS input A power amplifier in the Tx path A low noise amplifier in the Rx path A duplexer at the antenna output A reflected power detector at the output of the power amplifier A Bias T and a lightning protection module A power regulation (DC voltage regulators for the Tx and Rx amplifiers), not represented in figure above Alarm circuitry, collecting alarms (from DC regulators, Tx and Rx amplifiers), not represented in figure above Two switches for adjusting the gains of the Tx and Rx paths (independent from each other), not represented in figure above.
790 / 910
Figure 452: RX and TX Attenuation Setting The amplifier itself is composed of one class A and two class AB stages. The output stage is a quadrature to improve the reliability and manufacturability of the design. An isolator is added on the output for protection from operation in a high output VSWR as well as reverse intermodulation performance. The insertion loss is 0.35 dB. The gain is maintained within 1.5 dB tolerance by employing passive temperature compensation on the amplifier input. This maintains the gain within the required tolerance over the whole range of frequency, temperature, power supply and input power variations, so there is no control loop on the amplifier gain. The amplifier can be damaged, if the maximum input power is >41 dBm. A thermal protection/shut-down circuitry is incorporated in order to prevent the amplifier from damage in case of a too high temperature inside the Masthead Amplification Box enclosure. A DC regulator is introduced to avoid gain fluctuations of the power amplifier, because the amplifier is DC-fed via the feeder cable which introduces up to 3 V of voltage drop (depending on the cable length and DC current).
791 / 910
792 / 910
15.3.5 RF Specifications
The RF specifications of the Masthead Amplification Box are summarized in the following table. Parameter Transmit Path Frequency range Impedance Input VSWR 925 - 960 MHz 50 <1.5 at the input of the masthead amplification box 44.5 dBm 1.5 dB Max 1.5 dB versus frequency, temperature and input power ranges Tunable from 0...15.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB 41 dBm Requirement
Variable attenuator
Max input level for attenuator setting 0 dB Receive Path Frequency range Impedance Input, Output VSWR Gain in Rx path
880 - 915 MHz 50 <1.5 16 dB 1 dB for -10 to + 40 C 16 dB 1.5 dB for -40 to + 60 C
Attenuator setting at output Output duplexer Tx bandpass Rx Bandpass Tx/Rx isolation in Tx and Rx band
0...10 dB in steps of 1 dB
793 / 910
794 / 910
7/16 female
Figure 453: Masthead Amplification Box The enclosure is constructed from aluminium pieces. The back side is so formed that it can be easily mounted onto the tower. The front side is covered with fins which provide cooling. The receive components are mounted in the back half since they do not dissipate much heat. The transmit amplifier and DC power regulation are mounted in the front half. The two halves of the enclosure are bolted together with an environmental seal between them. All RF connectors are placed on the bottom side of the enclosure. Access for gain adjustment is provided on the bottom side via a removable cover. The RF connector type is 7/ 16 female on both sides of the MAB (towards the PDU and towards the antenna). The MAB is fitted with a M6 threaded rod for 2 grounding via a yellow/green 16 mm ground cable (in the installation kit).
795 / 910
BIAS T
DC/DC converter
DC/DC converter
BIAS T
Alarm interface
DC filter
Alarm interface
TRX 1
Alarm 1
48 V DC
Alarm 2
TRX2
796 / 910
Alarm Cause High reflected power at the power amplifier output. High current draw by the power amplifier. Low input voltage to the power amplifier. High temperature in the power amplifier.
Fatal X
Power shut down in PA at Masthead Amplification Box level, no action on the LNA. Automatic recovery for both power and alarm signal below a defined temperature level. None.
High and low bias current on the transistors in the receive amplifier. DC/DC converter failure. Table 166: List of Alarms
None.
The alarm interfaces provide an external alarm interface towards the BTS (one logical signal per alarm). The Power Distribution Unit collects the fatal and non-fatal alarms for each TRX and groups the two non-fatal alarms together using an OR function, resulting in three external alarms at the output of the alarm interfaces: Fatal alarm TRX1 Fatal alarm TRX2 Non-fatal alarm TRX1 or TRX2.
797 / 910
When several PDUs are used in the same BTS, the non-fatal alarms of the different PDUs are grouped in a single alarm in order to reduce the number of alarms. This is accomplished by alarm circuitry in the PDU which allows the connection of those alarms in parallel by an alarm combining cable.
15.4.2 LEDs
LEDs are provided on the front panel of the Power Distribution Unit to indicate the status and the alarms. The following table describes each LED and provides a definition of their various operational states. LED Flashing Alarm on
Meaning Fatal alarm Non-fatal alarm Fatal alarm Non-fatal alarm DC/DC Converter failure DC/DC Converter failure DC Input status
LED On Alarm on -
Red Red
Alarm on -
Alarm on
TRX 1 DCDC
Red
Alarm on
Alarm off
TRX 2 DCDC
Red
Alarm on
Alarm off
DC INPUT STATUS
Green
DC input OK
No DC input
798 / 910
Top view
799 / 910
All connections are located on the front panel (see the following figure).
TRX 1 MAB
TRX 1 MAB
TRX 2 MAB
TRX 2 MAB
TRX 1 DCDC B
TRX 2 DCDC D
DC INPUT STATUS H
STS INTERFACE
DC POWER
A Legend: A ground rod, diam 8 mm B TRX 1 MAB female 7/16 connector C DT E TRX 1 BTS female 7/16 connector RX 2 MAB female 7/16 connector TRX 2 BTS female 7/16 connector
F alarm SubD male 9 pin connector G reset button H DC status LED green I DC supply SubD male 3 pin high power connector
Figure 456: Power Distribution Unit Front Panel The RF connectors are of 7/ 16 female type on ANx and feeder sides of the PDU. The PDU is fitted with a M6 threaded rod for grounding via a yellow/green 16 mm 2 ground cable (in the installation kit).
800 / 910
Mast MAB
70mm
70mm
801 / 910
Figure 458: Installation of PDU in an Evolium BTS A9100 Outdoor or in 19 Rack for Indoor
Blind plate
x2
Bracket
802 / 910
MAB
RF jumper
FEEDER
RF jumper Installation on wall or 19" rack PDU Alarm extension cable BTS indoor
RF jumper GRD connection DC cable to power supply 3x2,5mm toward second PDU toward third PDU Alarm combining cable
803 / 910
ANTENNA
FEEDER
BTS outdoor Alarm combining cable PDU Options panel 19" rack
ANx
RF jumper
Figure 461: Evolium BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabling Overview The following sections describe the cabling of the MAB and PDU for indoor and outdoor versions in more details.
804 / 910
pole fixation
MAB
4x insulation
pole fixation
Jumper cable
Ground cable
OR
Copper bar
805 / 910
Jumper cable
Feeder
Blue Yellow/Green Brown (black) DC Power supply cable Alarm combining cable Ground cable Jumper cable to second and third PDU
48V GND 0V
806 / 910
807 / 910
For outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 equipped with a DC bus bar, the DC power supply cable is connected to this bus bar (see the following figure). If there is no bus bar, the PDU is connected to the DCDP panel at the high current outputs via a specific DC cable (see Figure 465). This cable has two branches to supply the racks with the TREs and the relevant PDU. In this way, PDU1 is connected with DCDP X9, PDU2 with DCDP X12, and PDU3 with DCDP X14.
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Fastion connector Alarm combining cable Ground cable to second and third PDU
TRX BTS
ANx
RF 7/16 Coaxial socket Cable gland MAB Jumper cable Feeder Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 464: PDU Cabling for Outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 with DC Bus Bar
808 / 910
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Fastion connector Alarm combining cable Ground cable to second and third PDU t o r a c k BTS INTERFACE DC POWER PDU s u p p l y DCDP DC Power supply cable ANx Middle compartment
TRX MAB
RF 7/16 Coaxial socket Cable gland MAB Jumper cable Feeder Legend: MAB Mast Amplification Board PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 465: PDU Cabling for Outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 without DC Bus Bar
809 / 910
10000 mm
10000 mm
810 / 910
811 / 910
Figure 469: DC Power Supply Cable for Indoor Power Distribution Unit The DC power supply cable for PDU installation in outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 with a DC power supply bus bar (part number 3BK 08919 AAAA) is shown in the following figure. The DC power supply cable for PDU installation in outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 without a DC power supply bus bar (part number 3BK 08918 AAAA) is shown in Figure 471.
0V GND 48V A3 (0V) A2 (GND) A1 (48V)
Figure 470: DC Power Supply Cable for PDU in Outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 with Power Supply Bus Bar
0V Not used GND 48V
A3 A2 A1
SubD 3 HP female
700 mm 1300 mm
SubD 3 HP male
Figure 471: DC Power Supply Cable for PDU in Outdoor Evolium BTS A9100 without Power Supply Bus Bar
812 / 910
813 / 910
814 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
The TMA is designed to compensate the feeder losses which significantly impact the density of sites to be implemented over the service area of GSM networks.
815 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
Duplexer
Duplexer
TMAs
Duplexer
Duplexer
Feeders
Mobile Unit
TRE
TRE
Figure 473: Principles of Tower-Mounted Amplification Tower-mounted amplification appears as an efficient sensitivity enhancement technique. However, both uplink and downlink power budgets must be considered for the calculation of the coverage ranges. The smallest available path loss determines the range. In that respect, tower-mounted amplification can be beneficial in those cases where system performance is limited by a weaker uplink budget. On the other hand, in a balanced uplink/downlink situation, the introduction of tower-mounted amplification can be an efficient means to reduce the output power level of all mobile stations. The uplink power control mechanism provided at each base station will force all mobiles to reduce their emission level. Two benefits can be obtained in that case: Lower output favorably impacts the standby time of every mobile station Lower output power contributes to minimizing the electromagnetic pollution within the service area.
816 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
In summary, the decision to exploit tower-mounted amplification can be influenced by system design considerations but also result from the application of the Operators internal policy. The counterpart of getting better sensitivity by means of a tower-mounted amplifier is the risk of degrading the blocking and intermodulation characteristics of the base station if the value of the amplification gain greatly exceeds the value of the feeder losses. The attention of Operators is drawn to the fact that, in such a case, the site equipment might not fully comply with ETSI requirements settled in GSM rec 05.05. The TMA can be used with a wide variety of Evolium BTS A9100 indoor and outdoor configurations in GSM 900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 with a coupling constraint of a of one TRX/TRE maximum to each antenna. Cross-polarized antennas can still be used respecting this constraint. For practical reasons, configurations are limited to a maximum of six TREs per BTS site assuming a 3x2 configuration. The TMA is designed to minimize BTS and system impacts. The BTS has no knowledge of the TMA presence and is not involved in its configuration. Supervision is minimal. It only involves external alarms to the BTS and there is no recovery mechanism. The system impact concerns the handling of these new external alarms at the OMC-R level.
817 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.2 Architecture
For TMA usage two solutions are available: Tower Mounted Amplifier with external solution Tower Mounted Amplifier with AGC support.
Antennas
Duplexer
Duplexer
. . .
Duplexer
Feeders
BTS
Bias T
. . .
Bias T
. . .
External Alarms
Figure 474: TMA with External Solution Architecture The PDU is designed to supply and to monitor up to six TMAs (typical BTS configuration of 3x2 TRXs/TREs), independently of their frequency band (i.e., the same PDU equipment can be used with the TMA of GSM 900, GSM 1800, and GSM 1900. In fact, the PDU has no frequency notation). For indoor BTS installations, the PDU can be installed on the wall or in a separate transmission cabinet (if available) and be powered by the BTS power supply. For outdoor BTS configurations, it is possible to install the PDU inside the BTS cabinet. The PDU is also powered by the BTS power supply.
818 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
TMA Duplexer Fixed TMA Rx Gain Duplexer BTS AGC TRE Bias Bias
TMA Duplexer
Duplexer Bias
819 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
820 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.3.1 Appearance
The tower-mounted amplifier includes a low noise amplifier for the receive path and a double duplexer TX/RX for one antenna port. It is designed for outdoor installation on a tubular mounted support below the antenna. Amplifiers for GSM 900 and GSM 1800/ GSM 1900 are offered by different manufacturers. Therefore, the appearance of TMAs can differ, as shown in the following figures as an example.
Top View Side View
Front View
BTS
ANT
821 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
Side View
Antenna Mast
Front View
Bottom View
ANT
BTS
Table 169: Frequency Ranges of the Tower-Mounted Amplifiers Other RF specifications depend on which TMA version of a specific manufacturer is used, the current position of the BTS, the TMA, and the antenna on site and the corresponding cable lengths.
822 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
Weight
Table 170: Tower-Mounted Amplifiers, Weight and Dimensions The back side of the tower-mounted amplifier is so formed that it can be easily attached on the same vertical tubular support as the antenna using one (GSM 1800/ GSM 1900) or two (GSM 900) stainless steel attachment collars provided as close as possible to the antenna. The equipment is guaranteed to be watertight when the equipment is installed with the connectors downwards and the two coaxial cables (jumpers) connected to the equipment. The connectors on the jumpers are insulated at both ends, i.e., one at the antenna connector, two at the tower-mounted amplifier, and one at the feeder head. There are two 7/ 16 female connectors marked BTS and ANT on the front (lower side down). The antenna connector is connected to the antenna by an RF jumper. The BTS connector is connected to the transmission/reception coaxial cable going down to the BTS by an RF jumper. The tower-mounted amplifier is fitted with an M6 threaded rod for grounding via a black 16 mm ground cable (in the installation kit) connected to the pylon or building ground, depending on the installation.
823 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.4.1 Appearance
The Power Distribution Units are shown in the following figures.
Serial no. label
Fixing hole
14
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
Top View
Side View
Figure 478: Power Distribution Unit, Wall Version for BTS Indoor
824 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
14
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
Top View
Front View
825 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.4.4 Switching On
Before switching on the power supply at the PDU input, all switches have to be in the OFF position (all LEDs are also OFF). When the main power is switched on, the orange LED main power indicates the presence of primary voltage, while the three green LEDs indicate that the secondary power for all separate channels is available. The six red LEDs (for channel 1 to channel 6) indicate when the tower-mounted amplifier alarms come on. After switching on the separate channel switches and pressing the reset buttons, the corresponding tower-mounted amplifiers are supplied and the red LEDs are OFF.
Green
Green
Green
TMA 1 to TMA 6
Red
826 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.5 Bias T
The Bias T unit (part number 3BK 08453 ABAA or 3BK 08454 ABAA) is a power supply injector to transport the + 12 VDC power supply energy to the tower-mounted amplifier through the coaxial cable between the antenna and the BTS. The injector is designed for indoor and outdoor installation between the BTS and the coaxial transmission-reception cable. Two Bias T versions are available: Bias T for indoor BTS-RF connectors 7/ 16 male/ side TMA; female/ side BTS Bias T for outdoor BTS-RF connectors 7/ 16 female/ side TMA; male/ side BTS. The outdoor version is normally combined with a 90 bend. Both indoor and outdoor versions are combined with a surge arrestor. The Bias T units are shown in the following figures.
7/16 Male connector to TMA Ground Terminal Screw M6
ANT
BTS
827 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
ANT
BTS
7/16 Male connector to BTS Male Connector to PDU
828 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
16.6 Installation
16.6.1 Indoor Installation
Depending on the installation, the distance between the BTS, the Power Distribution Unit, and the Tower-Mounted Amplifier can be variable. Thus RF jumper cables have been defined to cover this flexibility. The PDU and Bias T are installed outside the BTS. The following figure shows an indoor installation.
ANTENNA
TMA
Feeder
Wall Installation
Alarm cable
PDU
BTS indoor
DC cable to power supply
GND connection
829 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
ANTENNA
TMA
Feeder
Ground cable
BTS Outdoor
COAR Bus bar Octopus cable fitted with 6 cables Alarm cable Cable gland ANx
830 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
ANTENNA
TMA
Feeder
BTS Outdoor
ANx
OUTC
Figure 485: Principle Outdoor Installation for Evolium A9100 BTS Evolution
831 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
832 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
braid overturned
833 / 910
16 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
Spacer
Female connectors
834 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17 Cable Descriptions
This chapter describes the internal and external cables. Where appropriate, the pin-to-pin interconnections between cable connectors are illustrated in diagrams.
835 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.1 ANCO
The ANCO (part number 3BK 26151) connections are shown in the following figure.
Lightning Protector Shield AN
17.1.2 ANIC
The ANIC (part number 3BK 07921) connections are shown in the following figure.
ANT Cabinet Connector Shield AN
836 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.3 ANLC
The ANLC (part number 3BK 26349) connections are shown in the following figure.
Lightning Protector Shield AN
17.1.4 ANOC
The ANOC (part number 3BK 07965) connections are shown in the following figure.
Lightning Protector Shield AN
837 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.5 BOBU
Both Variant AA and Variant CA of the BOBU are described.
P14 P9
P16
P12
838 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
P13
STASR 4
HEX2 (BTS 1)
P28
P11
Water
P12
Layer: 1 2 3
Layer: 7 8T/B 9
Layer: 10 11 12 T / B
839 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
Mate-N-Lock, male with female contacts. FASTON 6.3, female contacts. Lug, ring, crimp, 6 mm. Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm. Triple FASTON, male with female contacts. Triple FASTON, female with female contacts.
840 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
841 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
842 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.6 BOMU
Diagrams illustrate both the BOMUs appearance and its circuit schematics.
17.1.6.1 Appearance
The front and side views of the BOMU (part number 3BK 25672) are shown in the following figure.
843 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
844 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.7 BOMUE
Diagrams illustrate both the BOMUs appearance and its circuit schematics.
17.1.7.1 Appearance
The front and side views of the BOMUE (part number 3BK 27262) are shown in the following figure.
845 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
846 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.8 BOMUT
Diagrams illustrate both the BOMUTs appearance and its circuit schematics.
17.1.8.1 Appearance
The front and side views of the BOMUT (part number 3BK 27143) are shown in the following figure.
847 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
848 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.9 BOSU
The BOSU variants, AA and CA, are described in terms of appearance and connections.
P4 P5 P6
P7
P8
P9
P2
P10 P11
P12
P3
849 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
P4
Service Filter
P5
ACSB/ASCU
Layer: 1 2 3 4 5 6T/B
P6
Heater Filter
P7
COAR Alarms
P2
HEX2 Alarm
P12 (or loop) P11 Door Switch Heater Module HEAT2 Bottom P1, P3: P2: P4:, P6: P5, P11: P7: P8: P9, P10: P12: 1 2 3 4 5 6
P3
Wieland GST 1813 S, male with female contacts Tripple Faston, female with female contacts Anderson Powerpole, unisex DIN wire ferrules 2.5 mm 9pin SubD female Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 6 mm Matenlock, male with male contacts
850 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
851 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
852 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.10 BTSRI3
The connections for the BTSRI3I (part number 3BK 25973) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 BTSRI 1 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 TFBP
44
45
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2 P4: P5: Nonremovable, self cutting, 50 pins DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
17.1.11 BTSRI5
The connections for the BTSRI5 (part number 3BK 25974) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 BTSRI 1 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 4 STASR 5 TFBP
44
45
46
47
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2 P6: P7: Nonremovable, self cutting, 50 pins DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
853 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.12 BTSRIMA
The connections for the BTSRIMA (part number 3BK 07720) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 BTSRI 1 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 4 STASR 5 TFBP
44
45
46
47
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2 P6: P7: Nonremovable, self cutting, 50 pins DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
17.1.13 BTSRIMI
The connections for the BTSRIMI (part number 3BK 07720) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 BTSRI 1 1 STASR 2 TFBP
44
P1
P2
P3
P4
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2, P3: P4: Nonremovable, self cutting, 50 pins DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
854 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.14 BTSRIOUT
The connections for the BTSRIOUT (part number 3BK 08126) are shown in the following figure.
Variant CA
Variant AA
STASR 1 BTSRI 1
STASR 2 1
STASR 3 1
44
P1
P2
P3
P4
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2, P3, P4: Nonremovable, self cutting, 50 pins DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female
855 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.15 BUMA
The BUMA (part number 3BK 07762) cableform connections are shown in the following figure.
x7 (Red) P1 P2 Filter x7 (Blue) P3 P4 XIOB x3 (Red, Blue, Black) x3 (Red, Blue, Black) Subrack 5 P6 Top Fan Backplane P5 Breakers x3 (Red, Blue, Black) GND x7 (Black)
Subrack 1
P10
Filter 0V
Breakers 48 V 1 2 3
XIOB 48 V
Spade, male, M8 hole Spade, male, M6 hole Spade, male, open tongue, M5 Matenlock, female Triple Faston, female
856 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.16 BUMI
The BUMI (part number 3BK 07763) cableform connections are shown in the following figure.
x4 (Red) P1 P2 Filter x4 (Blue) P3 P4 XIOB x3 (Red, Blue, Black) x3 (Red, Blue, Black) Subrack 2 P6 Top Fan Backplane P5 Breakers x3 (Red, Blue, Black) GND x4 (Black)
GND Bolt
Filter
Breakers
XIOB
GND
0V
48 V
1 2 3 P4 x4 3
P1
P2
P3
Spade, male, M8 hole Spade, male, M6 hole Spade, male, open tongue, M5 Matenlock, female Triple Faston, female
857 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.17 CA12
The connections for the CA12 (part number 3BK 08086) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 3 1 STASR 4 1 STASR5
BTSRIOUT Connector 45 46 47
P1
P2
P3
P4
Break in wire for coding purposes P1: P2 P4: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female
17.1.18 CA-2MMC2
The CA-2MMC2 (part number 3BK 08289) connections are shown in the following figure.
COAR 7 6 1 Black Transparent Screen Microwave UL 2 7 1
858 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.19 CA-ABIS
The CA-ABIS (part number 3BK 07922) connections are shown in the following figure.
SUM side 1 Shield BTSCA 1
17.1.20 CA-ACB2
The CA-ACB2 (part number 3BK 08091) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS Compartment 2 COAR
1 P2 2
5 P1 6
4 5
P1 1 5 5
P3 1
9pin SubD male Receptacle Faston 4.8 x 0.5 9pin SubD female
859 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.21 CA-ACSC
The CA-ACSC (part number 3BK 08078) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Side Compartment COAR 1 P2 2
4 P3 5
5 P1 6
6 7
P1 1 5 1
P4 5
9pin SubD male Receptacle Faston 4.8 x 0.5 DIN wire ferrules
860 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.24 CA-ADCO
The CA-ADCO (part number 3BK 07953) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Clamp strip, Phoenix FKMPC 1,5/16STF3,81
861 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.25 CA-ALPC
The CA-ALPC (part number 3BK 26348) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
6 7 4 5
P4
To DCUC X8
P5
To DCUC X7
862 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.26 CA-APC2
The CA-APC2 (part number 3BK 08215) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS Compartment 1 COAR
1 2 P4 3 4
6 P3 7
11 P2 12
5 P1 6 P1 1 5 8 P5
14 15
15
9pin SubD male DIN wire ferrules Receptagle Faston 4.8x0.5 9pin SubD female
863 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.27 CA-ASMC
The CA-ASMC (part number 3BK 08807) connections are shown in the following figure.
ACIB 1 2 3 4 P1 Yellow/Green P2 4 P1 1 P2 P3 ACSB Black 2 Black 1 Blue Brown
Quardruple Faston, female, 6.3x0.8 Lug, ring, crimp, 5 mm DIN wire ferrules 2.5 mm 2
864 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.30 CA-BTSCA
The CA-BTSCA (part number 3BK 07923) connections are shown in the following figure.
SUM side 1 1 BTSCA
17.1.31 CA-CSTR
The connections for the CA-CSTR (part number 3BK 25178) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 7 1 RIBAT2 RIBAT1 1 COAR
BTSRIOUT Connector
45
50
P1
P2
P3
P4
Break in wire for coding purposes P1 P3: P4: DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
865 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.32 CA-DFUX
The CA-DFUX (part number 3BK 08503) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
SUM Microwave UX
1 20 Pair 1 Pair 2 Pair 3 Pair 4 Rx Blue Pair 5 Pair 6 Pair 7 Pair 8 P1 10 29 Pair 1 Pair 2 Pair 3 Pair 4 TX Red Pair 5 Pair 6 Pair 7 Pair 8 11 30 12 31 13 32 14 33 15 34 16 35 17 36 18 37 P2 P3 P8 P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 1 19 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28
20 P1: P2: P3: Pouyet, P44920CA blue Pouyet, P44920CA red 37pin SubD male
37
866 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.33 CA-GCMW
The CA-GCMW (part number 3BK 07934) connections are shown in the following figure.
Ground Yellow/Green Microwave Equipment
17.1.34 CA-Ground
The CA-Ground (part number 3BK 25182) connections are shown in the following figure.
LPFU CABABRM: CABABRP: Blue Black Bottom Plate
17.1.35 CA-Ground1
The CA-Ground1 (part number 3BK 08118) connections are shown in the following figure.
SRACDC ACSB Yellow/Green Lug, ring crimp, 8 mm DIN wire ferrule
867 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.36 CA-Ground2
The CA-Ground2 (part number 3BK 08177) connections are shown in the following figure.
SRACDC ACSB Yellow/Green Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm
17.1.37 CA-H2PC1
The CA-H2PC1 (part number 3BK 08077) connections are shown in the following figure.
HEX2 1 DCDP 1
868 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.38 CA-H2PC2
The CA-H2PC2 (part number 08092) connections are shown in the following figure.
COAR 1 DCDP 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
869 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.39 CA-H2PC3
The CA-H2PC3 (part number 3BK 08093) connections are shown in the following figure.
HEX2 1 COAR
17.1.40 CA-HOAP
The CA-HOAP (part number 3BK 25820) connections are shown in the following figure.
HEX3 5 9 BOMU 4 3
870 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.41 CA-MLBP
The CA-MLBP (part number 3BK 08886) connections are shown in the following figure.
Microwave UL 1 3 5 Plug for three female contacts 1 Matenlock, male 2 1 BOBU
17.1.42 CA-MXBP
The CA-MXBP (part number 3BK 08886) connections are shown in the following figure.
Microwave UX 1 2 3 SubD size A for three HP contacts, male and female 2 Matenlock, male 2 1 BOBU
871 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.43 CA-OHAC
The CA-OHAC (part number 3BK 08810) connections are shown in the following figure.
HEX2 1 9 9pin SubD male HEX2 2 3 3 6 4 7 9pin SubD female 1 5 Matenlock, male 4 1 BOSU or BOBU 1 2
872 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.44 CA-ONCCx
The CA-ONCCx cable has three connection types. Each type is illustrated in a separate diagram.
6 7 COAR/ABIS1 P3 6 7
8 9 BOBU P4 2 1 P5
873 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
6 7 COAR/ABIS1 P3 6 7
8 9 DCDP P4 1 6 P5
874 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
Customer Equipment
6 7 COAR/ABIS1 P2 6 7
8 9 P3
875 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.45 CA-OSCP1
The CA-OSCP1 (part number 3BK 08095) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Side Compartment 1
876 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.46 CA-OSCP2
The CA-OSCP2 (part number 3BK 08096) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS Compartment 1 1
17.1.47 CA-OSCP3
The CA-OSCP3 (part number 3BK 25548) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
CBO
877 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.48 CA-OSPC
The CA-OSPC (part number 3BK 08079) connections are shown in the following figure.
STASR 48 V GND 0V Three Faston 6.8x0.8, female DCDP 1 2 3 SubD size A for three HP contacts
17.1.50 CA-PCOS
The CA-PCOS (part number 3BK 08809) connections are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 3 4 Triple Faston, female 4 1 BOBU 3 2 1 Triple Faston, male 3 1
878 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.52 CA-RFMW
The CA-RFMW (part number 3BK 07931) connections are shown in the following figure.
Connection Area Shield Microwave Equipment
N type, male
N type, female
17.1.53 CA-RIBCO
The connections for the CA-RIBCO (part number 3BK 26347) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 OUTC Flat Cable Connector Side Compart ment 44* STASR 2
P1 *: P1 : P2/P3 :
P2
P3
Break wire for coding purposes Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
879 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.54 CA-RICPT1
The connections for the CA-RICPT1 (part number 3BK 25537) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 2 OUTC Flat Cable Connector Side Compart ment STASR 3
44
45
P1
P2
P3
P1 : P2/P3 :
Break wire for coding purposes Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female
17.1.55 CA-RICPT2
The connections for the CA-RICPT2 (part number 3BK 25538) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 4 OUTC Flat Cable Connector Side Compart ment 1 1 STASR 5 STASR 6 1
44 45 46
47
48
P1
P2
P3
P4
P1 : P2/P4 :
Break wire for coding purposes Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
880 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.56 CA-RIMO1
The connections for the CA-RIMO1 (part number 3BK 25822) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 1 OUTC Flat Cable Connector Side Compart ment 44* 45* 44, 45, 46, 47, 48* P4 P5 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 7
P1 *: P1 : P2/P5 :
P2
P3
Break wire for coding purposes Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
17.1.57 CA-RIMO2
The connections for the CA-RIMO2 (part number 3BK 25823) are shown in the following figure.
STASR 4 OUTC Flat Cable Connector BTS Compart ment 1 44, 45, 46* P1 *: P1 : P2/P5 : P2 47* 48* 44, 45* STASR 5 STASR 6 STASR 0
P3
P4
P5
Break wire for coding purposes Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
881 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.58 CA-SENSP
The CA-SENSP (part number 3BK 26147) connections are shown in the following figure.
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
17.1.59 CA-XBCBO
The CA-XBCBO (part number 3BK 08205) connections are shown in the following figure.
ACRI 15 15 COAR
882 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.60 CA-XIOC
The CA-XIOC (part number 3BK 26353) connections are shown in the following figure.
XIOB
To DCUC X10 To DCUC X9 DIN Wire Ferrules 1 48V (Blue) 2 Not Used 3 0V (Black)
17.1.61 CA-XIOPC
The CA-XIOPC (part number 3BK 08087) connections are shown in the following figure.
DCDP 1
1 2 3 Matenlock, female 3 1
883 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
Fixing Rail x3 (Red, Blue, Black) P6 Subrack 5 Fixing Holes x3 (Red, Blue, Black) P7 Subrack 4
Bus Bar
GND Bolt
Filter
Breakers
XIOB
GND
0V
48 V
1 2 3 P4
x7 P1 P1: P2: P3: P4: P5 P10: P2 P3 Spade, made, M8 hole Spade, male, M6 hole Spade, male, open tongue, M5 Matenlock, female Triple Faston, female
884 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
Bus Bar
Filter 0V
Breakers 48 V 1 2 3
XIOB GND 48 V 0V 48 V
4 P4 x4 P1 P1: P2: P3: P4: P5 P7: P2 Spade, made, M8 hole Spade, male, M6 hole Spade, male, open tongue, M5 Matenlock, female Triple Faston, female P3 3 1 4
3 P5 P7
1 1
885 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.1.64 RXRC
The RXRC (part number 3BK 07920) connections are shown in the following figure.
TRE/AN Shield Alignment Hole AN
P2
P1, P2:
Subminiature connectors, 50
17.1.65 TXRC
The TXRC (part number 3BK 07919) connections are shown in the following figure.
TRE/AN Shield AN
Coaxial connector, 50
series N
Coaxial connector, 50
series N
886 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.1 CA01
The CA01 (part number 3BK 07594) Abis cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 side 1 Customers Distribution Board
887 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.2 CA02
The CA02 (part number 3BK 07595) Abis cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 side 1 Customers Distribution Board
17.2.3 CA03
The CA03 (part number 3BK 07596) Abis cable connections are shown in the following figure.
TX
Shield
RX
888 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.4 CA04
The CA04 (part number 3BK 07597) Abis cable connections are shown in the following figure.
Shield
17.2.5 CA-CBTE
The CA-CBTE (part number 3BK 07951) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
SUM Shield 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9pin SubD male 1 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9pin SubD female 5 1 BTS Terminal
889 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.6 CA-GC35
The CA-GC35 (part number 3BK 08031) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 Customers Ground Point
17.2.7 CA-GND
The CA-GND (part number 3BK 25349) cable connection is shown in the following figure.
Lug, Ring M8 Lug, Ring M8
17.2.8 CA-PC2W16
The CA-PC2W16 (part number 3BK 08029) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 Black Wire 0 V 1 Customers 48/0 VDC Source Black Wire 0 V 3
890 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.9 CA-PC35BK
The CA-PC35BL (part number 3BK 08032) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 Black Wire 0 V Customers 0 VDC Source Black Wire 0 V
17.2.10 CA-PC35BL
The CA-PC35BL (part number 3BK 08032) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 Blue Wire 48 V Customers 48 VDC Source Blue Wire 48 V
17.2.11 CA-PCEBM
The CA-PCEBM (part number 3BK 25260) cable connection is shown in the following figure.
Lug, Ring M6 Shrinking Sleeve Lug, Pin
891 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.12 CA-PCEBP
The CA-PCEBP (part number 3BK 25259) cable connection is shown in the following figure.
Lug, Ring M6 Shrinking Sleeve Lug, Pin
17.2.13 CA-RIBEB
The CA-RIBEB (part number 3BK 25258) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
15 pin male connector 15 pin female connector
15
15
I II III iV
892 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.14 CA-RIBEO
The CA-RIBEO (part number 3BK 26138) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
15 pin female connector (to first RIBAT at external Battery Cabinet outdoor; assembling on site after guiding through cable gland)
15
I II III iV
893 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.15 OCC23
The OCC23 (part number 3BK 08303) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 1 5 Shield G2 BTS 1 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 9pin SubD male 1 5
894 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.16 OCC33
The OCC33 (part number 3BK 08304) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 1 5 Shield BTS A9100 1 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 9pin SubD male 1 5
895 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.17 SCG2/3
The SCG2/3 (part number 3BK 08101) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
G2 BTS 1 5 Shield BTS A9100 1 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 9pin SubD male 1 5
896 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.18 SCG3
The SCG3 (part number 3BK 07950) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
COAR of First BTS A9100 1 2 Shield COAR of Second BTS A9100 1 2 6 3 7 4 8 5 9 9pin SubD male 1 5
897 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.19 SCM1/3
The SCM1/3 (part number 3BK 08102) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
BTS A9100 1 5 9 P3 4 8 3 7 2 6 P1 9 P3 5 9 P1 5 P1, P2, P3: 9pin SubD male 1 6 Shield Solder Point P2 6 9 1 1 5 P2 6 6 2 7 3 8 4 Shield G1 BTS Mark1
1 9 5
898 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
17.2.20 SCM2/3
The SCM2/3 (part number 3BK 08103) cable connections are shown in the following figure.
G1 BTS Mark2 1 5 Shield BTS A9100 1 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 9pin SubD male 1 5
899 / 910
17 Cable Descriptions
900 / 910
18 Environment
18 Environment
The sections are supported with data tables, where necessary. References to the relevant European and International standards are also given, when appropriate.
901 / 910
18 Environment
902 / 910
18 Environment
15 m/ s2 100 mm 20 m/ s 5 kPa
2
903 / 910
18 Environment
40 m/ s2 5 kPa
904 / 910
18 Environment
70 m/ s2
905 / 910
18 Environment
15 m/ s2 100 mm 20 m/ s 5 kPa
2
906 / 910
18 Environment
40 m/ s2 5 kPa
907 / 910
18 Environment
908 / 910
18 Environment
Note:
The amplitudes shown in the above table must not exceed 50 ns duration or have a rise time of less than 5 ns.
909 / 910
18 Environment
910 / 910